Loading...
2250 Diffley Rd - Project Manual1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 i 1 WOLD ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS 6 WEST FIFTH STREET ST. PAUL, NIN 55102 FAX: 612.223.5646 TEL: 612.227.7773 715 TOLLGATE ROAD, SUITE H ELGIN, IL 60123 FAX: 847.208.2654 TEL: 847.608.2600 ISD ##191 LOADING DOCK UPGRADES Burnsville, MN Independent School District #191 PROJECT MANUAL/ DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION BOOK 1 OF 1 May 18, 1998 Set No. Project No. 98037 W 0 L D A R C H I T E C T S A N D E N G I N E E R S I n U I I I L I I I I I I I I I i I I PROJECT MANUAL PROJECT IDENTIFICATION BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT GENERAL REQUMENENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR: INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191 LOADING DOCK UPGRADES DISTRICT OFFICE 100 RIVER RIDGE COURT BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 GIDEON POND ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 613 EAST 130' STREET BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 WILLIAM BYRNE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 11608 RIVER HELLS DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 EDWARD NEILL ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 13409 UPTON AVENUE SOUTH BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 JOHN METCALF JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL 2250 DIFFLEY ROAD BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191 BURNSVILLE,MINNESOTA 55337 Bid Time: 2:00 p.m. Bid Date: June 2. 198 Bid Place: District Office 100 River Ridee Court Burnsville. Minnesota 55337 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION PAGE No. 98037 I I 1 1 1 I TITLE PAGE PROJECT TITLE AND LOCATION: INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191 LOADING DOCK UPGRADES DISTRICT OFFICE 100 RIVER RIDGE COURT BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 GIDEON POND ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 613 EAST 130TH STREET BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 WILLIAM BYRNE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 11608 RIVER HILLS DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 EDWARD NEILL ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 13409 UPTON AVENUE SOUTH BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 JOHN METCALF JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL 2250 DIFFLEY ROAD BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA 55337 OWNER: INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191 ARCHITECTS: Wold Architects and Engineers 6 West Fifth Street St. Paul, Minnesota 55102-1420 Tel. (612) 227-7773 CIVIL ENGINEER: Anderson-Johnson Associates, Inc. Valley Square Office Center Suite 200 7575 Golden Valley Road Minneapolis, Minnesota 55427 Tel. (612) 544-0531 DATE: May 18, 1998 TITLE PAGE Ne. 98037 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191 LOADING DOCK UPGRADES INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191 Wold Architects and Engineers I hereby certify that this plan, specification or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision, and that I am a duly Licensed Architect under the laws of the State of Minnesota. 1 Q ? /? \ N N? Mav 18. 1998 `&)o 12- Signature Date Registration PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS No .98037 LJ 1 I n u 1 1 1 I INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #181 LOADING DOCK UPGRADES 1 PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS ' Section No. Title Project Identification Page Title Page Professional Certifications Table of Contents I Biddine Requirements 00010 Advertisement for Bids ' 00100 Instructions to Bidders AIA A701 00110 Supplementary Instructions to Bidders 00220 Geotechnical Data ' 00310 Bid Form (Two Copies) Conditions of the Contract 00700 General Conditions AIA 201 ' 00710 Supplementary Conditions Division One ' 01010 Summary of the Work 01025 Change Orders 01026 Unit Prices ' 01045 Cutting and Patching 01046 Existing Utilities 01200 Project Meetings ' 01300 Submittals 01400 Quality Control 01500 Temporary Facilities 01630 Substitutions and Product Options 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Cleaning ' 01720 01730 Project Record Documents Operating, Maintenance and Warranty Data ' Division Two 02050 Site Demolition and Removals 02070 Selective Demolition ' 02071 Concrete Removal and Surface Preparation for Repairs 02525 Concrete walks 02800 Site Improvements ' 02934 Sodding I TABLE OF CONTENTS No. 98037 Section No. Title Division Three 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03600 Grout 03735 Dry-Pack Concrete Division Four 04100 Mortar 04520 Tuckpointing Division Five 05500 Metal Fabrications 05800 Expansion Control Division Si: No Work Division Seven 07110 Membrane Waterproofing 07900 Joint Sealants Division Eiaht No Work Division Nine 09900 Painting Division Ten No Work Division Eleven 11160 Loading Dock Equipment Division Twelve No Work TABLE OF CONTENTS No. 98037 ' SECTION 00010 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS ' INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191 - LOADING DOCK UPGRADES Burnsville, Minnesota Independent School District #191 will receive single prime sealed bids for Independent School District #191 - Loading Dock Upgrades until 2:00 p.m. local time on June 2, 1998 at the District Office, 100 River Ridge Court, Burnsville, Minnesota, 55337, at which time and place all bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. ' Bidding documents, including the Proposal Form, Drawings and Specifications, will be on file at the Offices of the Architect, Wold Architects and Engineers, 6 West Fifth Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55102-1420 (612)227-7773; at the ' Minneapolis Builders Exchange; St. Paul Builders Exchange; Dodge Plan Room (Edina); Construction Market Data (Brooklyn Park). ' This project includes: Concrete and corrective work for the exterior ramp at the Administration Services Center - Independent School District #191. Loading dock upgrades including concrete work, metal railings and tuckpointing at Gideon Pond Elementary School, William Byrne Elementary School and Edward Neill Elementary School. Concrete infill of lecture room tiers at John Metcalf Junior High School. ' The Architect will provide complete sets of the Bidding Documents for $20.00 per set to prospective bidders and subcontractors. The copies will be available about May 18, 1998. The following information must accompany the deposit: Company name, mailing address, street address, phone and facsimile numbers and type of bidder (i.e. General, Mechanical or Electrical Subcontractor to General, or other). The Architect will refund $20.00 to subcontractors and $20.00 to prime contractors (who submit a bid to the Owner) for each set (including addenda) returned in good condition within ten (10) calendar days of the award date, subject to the conditions of AIA Document ' A701. Make proposals on the bid forms supplied in the Project Manual. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. Submit with each bid, a certified check or acceptable bidder's bond payable to Independent School District #191 in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total bid. The successful bidder will be required to furnish satisfactory Labor and Material Payment Bond, and Performance Bond. ' Bids may not be withdrawn within thirty (30) days after the scheduled time of opening bids, without the consent of the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to accept any bid or to reject any or all bids, or parts of such bids, and waive informalities or irregularities in bidding. The Owner requires Substantial Completion of the project on or before August 14, 1998. 1 I Board of Education INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191 00010-1 No. 98037 I SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The Instructions to Bidders, AIA Document A701, Fourth Edition, 1987 is attached hereto. Each Bidder is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of this document, as modified by Section 00110 - Supplementary instructions to Bidders. CI I END OF SECTION 00100 1 00100-1 No. 9803-, C] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Instructions to Bidders AIA Document A701 - Electronic Format THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES: CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPISIION OR MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED ALA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. N - Copyright 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 by The Amaim LnstiWte of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006-5292. Reproduction of the "said herein w substantial quotation of its provisiau wi0rart written peanissim of the AIA violates the oopyn& lam of the United States and will be abject to legal prosemum TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. DEFINMONS 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES 1 1 1 1 i 1 5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6. POST-BID INFORMATION 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ALA DOCUMENT A701 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - FOURTH EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AWNUG N.W, WASHIDLGTON, D.C. 200055292. WARNINO:, Usdioemed Owwoopying viol" U.B. copyright km and is wbim to legal poseagioo. This doatmeot was electronically psaduoed with pamimm ardw ALA and can be repo&wW wi0aut viridian unlit the date dasp'vatim as noted below. Electronic Format A701-1987 1 User Document: A701.CON - 9118/1997. AIA Ucense Number 100305, which e)Vres on 9/7/1998 - Page #1 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. 1A A Bid is a complete and property signed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. 1.6 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is acoepted 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents and the Bid is made in accordance therewith. 2.1.2 The Bidder has read and understands the Biddinl Documents or contract documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid it submitted, for other portions of the Project, if any, being bi concurrently or presently under constnretion. 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become fan» with local conditions under which the Work is to I? performed and has correlated the Bidders personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contrj Documents. 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment arm systems required by the Bidding Documents ?,•'ti"„1¦ exception ARTICLE 3 ' BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 COPIES ' 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in Advertisement or Imitation to Bid in the number and for th? deposit sum, if any stated therein. The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten after receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement of misstag damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit will be refunded 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly Sub-bidders or others unless specifically offered to tl? Advertisement or Imitation to Bid or in suppleme instructions to bidders. 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bi the Work. Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor AIA DOCUMENT A701- B TR11CItONS TO BIDDERS - FOURTH EDmON - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN DWTrrU1E OF AR 1TEJ 735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C., 20006.5292. WARNING: Ud6WAW photon "69 violate U.S. VWY1 d hire end i at?e[L to ptoeemdioa This doamieet wee demon atlypNo&wW with pam pion oraa A,A nna em be rgwodwad wWwA vidbtim unW die date daipketim a natal below. Electronic Format A701-1987 ' User Document: A701.CON - 9/1811997. AIA License Number 100306, which expires on 9!7/1998 - Page #2 ' Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. ' 3.1.4 In making copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do ' so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents. ' 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall a mine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. ' 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidden requiring ckacincation or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven ' days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. 3.2.3 Interpretations, corrections and changes of the ' Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them. ' 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be and by any proposed substitution. ' 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings, ' performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work including ' changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or ' disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution I User Document: A701.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/7/1998 - Page #3 prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 ADDENDA 3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. 3.4.3 No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt ofBids. 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the form included with the Bidding Documents. 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink. 4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. 4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. 4.1.5 An requested Alternates shall be bid If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter *No Change." 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional MA DOCLUEN r A701 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - FOURTH EDMON - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AWMCAN INSTMTFE OF ARC .CIS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON, D.C., 20006-5292 WARNING; Udw m d photnoopykg viols US. aapnil t km and a Pulled to legal Pmwwtiolt This dommeR wn dechmiWly pru&md wdh pami orWc AJA and= be reproduced vAdwA vwkdm vnid err dale of=Wh*iw wnoW below. Electronic Format A701-1987 stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall include the legal name of the Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole proprietor, partnership, corporation or other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. 4.2 BID SECURITY 4.2.1 If so stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or supplementary instructions to bidders, each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required, pledging that the Bidder will enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the fatthf it performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Subparagraph 6.2.1. 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA Document A310, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and parent copy of the power of attorney. 4Z.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn, or (c) all Bids have been rejected. 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name the Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location, prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned, unopened. 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids.' 4.3.4 Aral, telephonic or telegraphic Bids are invalid and. will not receive consideration. 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled, by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. ' 4.4.2 Prior to the time.and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted=may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder sball be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date' and time designated for the receipt of Bids pmvided that they arc then fully in conformance with these Instructions to, Bidders. 4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount , sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. ARTICLE 6 ' CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6.1 OPENING OF BIDS 5.1.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or, Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud abstract of the Bids will be made available to Bidders. Whom it has been stated that Bids will be opened privately, an abstract of the same information may, at the discretion of the. Owner, be made available to the Bidders within a reasonably time. 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS 621 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids, reject a Bid not accompanied by a required bid security AU DOCUMENT A70t . tNsTat oNS TO BIDDERS . FOURTH EDTT1oN - Au - c1pma TT 1987 -THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF AR 1735 NEW YORK AVEMTE, N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.G. 40006-5392. WARNING; LWWen ed pbAoa pyia8 violates U.S. wpyn& laws and a abjea to prowastim This doamrem s eleeVOni ally produced with pvmiaim of the AIA and an be repro&wod withal vida iw wA the dew ofwrinlim ss noted below. Electronic Format A701-1987 ' User Document: A701.00N - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9!711998 - Page 94 t or by other data required by the Bidding Documents, or reject suppliers of principal items or systems of materials a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular, and equipment proposed for the Work; and I 6.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) 6.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owners judgment, is in the Owner's own best interests. .3 names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a spacial design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work. 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the ' low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. I 1 I User Document: A701.CON - 9/1811997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/711998 - Page 115 ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 6.1.1 Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, a properly executed AIA Document A305, Contractors Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY 6.2.1 Tbe Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owners obligations under the Contram Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 6.3 SUBMITTALS 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable 'after notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidders own forces; .2 names of the manufacturers, products and the 6.3.3 Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has. reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option,-(1) withdraw the Bid, or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base-Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding.Documents, the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful-performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be secured through the Bidders usual sources. T.1.2 U the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidders usual sources, changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. MA DOCUAIWT A701 - vanucnONS TO BIDDERS - FOURTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1967 - THE AMERICAN R IT UTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C., 20006.5292. WARNING; Uoiwoozed pbatooopying vioWa U.S. copycigid laws ad ns subied to legal praseadioa Tbis dommot ww electronically p'odoced with pnmissim of the AIA and an be reproduced withal violation until the date of apirs im w naiad below. Electronic Format A701-1987 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Subparagraph 7.2.1. 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact w executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. 1 ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 8.1 FORM TO BE USED 8.1.1 Unless otherwise required in the Biddij Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be written AIA Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is' Stipulated Sum I I 1 P I I ALA DOC MCWT A701 - INSTRUCTIONS TO MDlRS - FOURTH EDITION - AU - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMLMCAN INS11TIM OF ARC 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W„ WASIUNOTON. D.C., 20006.5292. WARNING, Unlio W pbatooopyin8 vioWa U.S. oop)Tigta laws and is subject a ptosecubm Tb a dommm was ekttrome dlypuodwed wBh paminim of dw AIA and =be repro&wW wi bout vioW m until the date of e»rtatm a nolad below. Electronic Format A701-1987 User Document: A701.CON - 9/1811997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 917/1998 - Paget 1 ' SECTION 00110 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' The following supplements modify the "Instructions to Bidders", AIA Document A701, Fourth Edition, 1987. Where a portion of the Instructions to Bidders is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Instructions, the unaltered portions ' of the Instructions to Bidders shall remain in effect. 1. ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS -No modifications. ' 2. ARTICLE 2: BIDDERS REPRESENTATIONS - No modifications. 3. ARTICLE 3: BIDDING DOCUMENTS ' a. Paragraph 3.3 - Substitutions: Add the following Subparagraph: "33.4 Where the Contractor chooses to use an item approved by request but other than one shown on the ' details or specified, he shall be responsible for the coordination of any necessary changes in other work, and shall bear the cost of such changes." 4. ARTICLE 4: BIDDING PROCEDURES a. Paragraph 4.1 - Form and Style of Bids: Add the following to paragraph 4.1.1: ' "...with the Bidding Documents in duplicate." b. Paragraph 4.2 - Bid Security: Make the following modifications: ' Delete Paragraph 4.2.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: "4.2.1 No bid will be considered, unless it is accompanied by a certified check or acceptable Bid Bond ' payable without condition to the Owner, in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total bid. The certified check or Bid Bond which must accompany each bid is required as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner for the work described in the proposal and furnish ' a performance and payment bond and certificates of insurance as specified after notice by the Owner or Architect that contracts have been awarded to him and are ready for execution." 1 1 1, Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 4.2.3: "The Bid Security of the three lowest bidders will be retained until the contract has been awarded and executed, but not longer than thirty (30) days. The Bid Security of other bidders will be returned within a reasonable time after the opening of bids." C. Paragraph 4.4 - Modification or Withdrawal of Bid: From Subparagraph 4.4.1 delete the words "... during the stipulated time period ..." and substitute the words "... for a period of thirty (30) days ..." 5. ARTICLE 5: CONSIDERATION OF BIDS - No modifications. 6. ARTICLE 6: POST-BID INFORMATION -No modifications. 1 001 10-1 No. 98037 I 7. ARTICLE 7: PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 1 a. Article 7: Delete this Article in its entirety. Refer to Section 00710 - Supplementary Conditions, Paragraph 11.4 for bond requirements. 8. ARTICLE 8: FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR - No modifications. 1 END OF SECTION 00110 1 1 i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00110 No. 98037 1 I 1 0 1 S 1 1 I I L BID PROPOSAL FOR: INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191 - LOADING DOCK UPGRADES BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA BID TO: Independent School District #191 District Office 100 River Ridge Court Burnsville, Minnesota 55337 BID FROM: We have examined the Contract Documents for the proposed Independent School District 4191 - Loading Dock Upgrades as prepared by Wold Architects and Engineers, St. Paul, Minnesota, and the conditions affecting the work. In accordance therewith the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials for Construction as set forth in the Contract Documents, including Addenda Nos. issued thereto. 1. Accompanying this proposal is a Bid Security for all work, required to be furnished by Contract Documents, the same being subject to forfeiture in the event of default by the undersigned. 2. I agree to complete the Project, provided a contract is executed within 30 calendar days, by August 14, 1998 3. I understand the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, and it is agreed that this bid may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days from the opening thereof. A. Base Bid 1. The Bidder agrees to perform all work including General, Mechanical and Electrical Construction for the Base Bid Sum of. DATE FIRM NAME OFFICIAL ADDRESS t ' BY TITLE 1 1 SECTION 00310 BID FORM Dollars END OF SECTION 00310 00310-1 No.98037 I I SECTION 00310 BID FORM I 11 BID PROPOSAL FOR. INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT #191- LOADING DOCK UPGRADES BURNSVILLE, MINNESOTA BID TO: Independent School District #191 District Office 100 River Ridge Court Burnsville, Minnesota 55337 I BID FROM: We have examined the Contract Documents for the proposed independent School District #191 - Loading Dock upgrades as prepared by Wold Architects and Engineers, St. Paul, Minnesota, and the conditions affecting the work. In accordance therewith the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials for Construction as set forth in the Contract Documents, including Addenda Nos. issued thereto. 1. Accompanying this proposal is a Bid Security for all work, required to be furnished by Contract Documents, the ' same being subject to forfeiture in the event of default by the undersigned. 2. I agree to complete the Project, provided a contract is executed within 30 calendar days, by August 14, 1998. 3. I understand the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, and it is agreed that this bid may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days from the opening thereof. A. Base Bid 1. The Bidder agrees to perform all work including General, Mechanical and Electrical Construction for the Base Bid Sum of 1 Dollars $ DATE FIRM NAME OFFICIAL ADDRESS ' BY TITLE END OF SECTION 00310 1 1 00310-1 No. 98037 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201, Fourteenth Edition, 1987 is attached L hereto. This document, together with the modifications in Section 00710 - Supplementary Conditions, forms the Conditions of the Contract. I END OF SECTION 00700 I I r I I 1 00700-1 No. 98037 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction AIA Document A201 - Electronic Format THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED ALA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. This d-ment hats been approved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1927, 1951, 1958, 1%1, 1963, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New Yobs Avenue N, W., Washington D.C. 20006-5292. Reproduction of the nwaial herein m substantial quotation of its provisions without written percussion of the AIA violator the copyright ' laws of the United Stares and will be subject to legal lwwmrtiaru. I TABLE OF ARTICLES I I i I I L GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. OWNER 3. CONTRACTOR 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK 8. TIME 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT I I I I? AIA DOCUMENT A201- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF TIM CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF AROMECPS, 1731 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5292„ WARNING; Uoliaerned pMwoopying vintages U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal praeadim Tbia dowtow was electronically prodcaed with permission of the MA and cm be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration u noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA Ucense Number 100305, which expires on 917/1998 - Page #1 I INDEX Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 123 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 4.2.3, 10 Acts and Omissions 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.9, 8.3.1,10.1.4, 10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 Addenda 1.1.1, 3.11 Additional Costs, Claims for 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Additional Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 9.8.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 Additional Time, Cis= for 4-3.6,4.3.9,4.3-9, 8.3.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.2.13, 4.5.1 Allowances 3.8 All-risk Insurance 11.3.1.1 Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 73.7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.1.3, 14.2.4 Approvals 2.4, 3.3.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 3.12.4 through 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 4.2.7, 9.32, 11.3.1.4, 13.42,13.5 Arbitration 4.1.4, 4.3.2, 4.3 A. 4AA, 4.5, 8.3.1, 10.12, 11.3.9,11.3.10 Architect 4.1 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4, 3.12.6, 4.2, 4.32, 4.3.6, 4A, 5.2, 6.3, 7.12, 72.1, 7.16, 7.4, 92, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.82, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3. 122.1,13.5.1,13.52,1422,142.4 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility . 3.3.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 4.12, 42.1, 422, 42.3, 42.6, 42.7, 42.10, 42.12, 42.13, 4.32, 52.1, 7.4, 9.42, 9.6.4, 9.6.6 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2A,9.8,2,11.3.1.1. 122.1,122.4,13.52, 13.5.3,142.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 4.2, 4.3.6, 4.3.7,4A. 9.4, 9.5 Architect's Approvals 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.102, 3.12.6, 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 42.7 Architect's Authority to Reject Work 3.5.1, 42.6,12.12,122.1 Architect's Copyright 1.3 Architect's Decisions 42.6, 4.2.7, 42.11, 42.12, 42.13.4.32, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4AA, 4.5.6.3. 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 92, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.82, 9.9.1. 10.1.2,13.5.2,142.2,14.2A Architect's Inspections 422, 42.9, 4.3.6, 9.42, 9.82, 9.9.2.9.10.1.13.5 Architect's Instructions 42.6, 42.7, 42.8, 4.3.7, 7.4.1,12.1,1352 Architeds;Interpretations 42.11,42.12,4.3.7 Architeed!s On-Site Observations 422, 42.5, 4.3.6, 9.42, 9.5.1, 9.10.1,13.5 Architect's Project Representative 42.10 Atchitecft Relationship with Contractor 1.12, 32.1, 322, 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.11, 3.121, 3.12.11, 3.16, 3.18, 42.3, 42.4, 4.2.6.4.2.12, 52, 622, 7.3.4, 9.82,11.3.7,12.1,13.5 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.12, 42.3, 42.4, 42.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4,11.3.7 ArchiWft Representations 9.42, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Architect's Site Visits 422, 42.5, 42.9, 4.3.6, 9.42, 9.5.1, 98 -2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Asbestos 10.1 Attorneys' Fees 3.19-1.9.10.2 , 10.1.4 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 5.2.1, 11.4.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance 11.3.2 Bonds, Lien 9.10.2 Bonds, Performance and Payment 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization. 1.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.2 Certificates for Payment 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 3.12.11, 13.5.4 Certificates ofhlsarance 9.3.2, 9.102, 11.1.3 Change Orders 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.8.2.4, 3.11, 42.8, 4.3.3, 52.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 11.3.12, 11.3.4,11.3 . 9,12.1.2 Change Orders, Definition of 72.1 Changes 7.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK 3.11. 4.2.8, 7, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1,10.1.3 Claim, Definition of 43.1 Claims and Disputes 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 62.5, 8.3 2. 9.3.12, 9.3.3, 9.10.4,10.1.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 4.3.6 Claims for Additional Cost 4.3.6, 43.7, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Claims for Additional Time . 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.32 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Claims for Damages 3.18, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 625, 8.32, 9.5.12,10.1.4 Claims Subject to Arbitration 4.3.2, 4.4.4, 4.5.1 Cleaning UP 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 13.7 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.1.2.2.2.1. 32.1, 322, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 4.3.7, 52.1, 622, 8.12, 822, 92,11.1.3,11.3.6,11.4.1 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.12 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.142.4, 52.1 Completion, Conditions RelatM to 3.11.3 - 15 , 422, 42.9, 4.32, 9.42, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10,11.3.5,1222,13.7.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 42.9, 4.3.52, B.I.I. 8.1.3, 82.3, 9.8, 9.9.1,1222,13.7 Compliance With LawSl .3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13.4.1.1, 102.2, 11.1,11.3,13.1,13.5.1, 13.52,13.6, 14.1.1, 142.1.3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Conditions of the Contract Consent, Writteal. 3.1, 3.12.8, 3.142, 4.12, 4.3.4.4.5.5, 9.32, 9.82, 9.9.1, 9.102, 9.10.3,10.12, 10.1.3. 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 132, 13.42 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, Construction ChenaeDireetive. Definition of 73.1 1 I I I I I I I I I i 6 I AIA DOCULU NT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION -FOURTEENTH EDITION -AIA-COPYRIGHT 1987 - AMERICAN iNSTrIM OF ARCHTTECM 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5392- WARNING; Udiomsed photoc violates US. copyri& laws and is sulyew to kpl praseanion. Mdx doaemens was degsmiatly produced with pamimm of dw ALA and an be sepm&wd wie6mn violation until the date of expiration as awed below. Electronic Format A201-19811 User Document A201.CON - 911811997. AIA Ucense Number 100305, which expires on 91711998 - Page I I I I 1 I I 1 L, 1, 1 I 1 Construction Change Directives 1.1.1, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.3, 93.1.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor's 3.10, 6.1.3 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4 Continuing Contract Performance 4.3.4 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1, 14 Contract Administration 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 9.2, 11.1.3,11.3.6, 11.4.1 Contract Documents, The 1.1, 12, 7 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 1.3, 22.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Performance During Arbitration 4.3.4, 4.5.3 Contract Sum 3.8, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.4.4, 5-2.3,6.1.3, 7.2, 7.3, 9.1, 9.7, 11.3.1, 12.2.4, 12.3, 14.2.4 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Contract Time 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.4.4, 7.2.1.3, 7.3, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 9.7,12.1.1 Contract Time, Definition of &1.1 CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.12 Contractors Bid 1.1.1 Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.10, 6.1.3 Contractors Employees 3.3.2, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18 4.2.3, 4.2.6,8.12,10.2,10.3,11.1.1,14.2.1.1 Contractor's liability Insurance 11.1 ContractoesRelationship with Separate Contractors and Owners Faces 22.6, 3.12.5, 3.14.2,4.2A, 6,12.2.5 Contractoes Relatiotrship with Subcontractors 12.4, 3.32, 3.18.1, 3.182, 52, 5.3, 5.4, 9.62,11.33,11.3.8,142.12 Contractors Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2.3.2.1 , 322, 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 3.16, 3.18,4.2.3.4-2,4,42.6. 4.2.12, 52, 622, 7.3.4, 9.8.2,11.3.7,12.1,13.5 Contractors Representations 122, 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 622, 82.1, 9.3.3 Contractors Responsibility for Those Perfuming the Work 33.2. 3.18, 42.3,10 Contractors Review of Contract Documents 122, 32, 3.7.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Contractors Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1 Cothactois Submittals 3.10.3.11, 3.12, 42.7, 52.1, 52.3, 7.3.6, 92, 9.3.1, 9.82, 9.9.1, 9.102, 9.10.3, 10.12,11.42,11.4.3 Contractors Superintendent 3.9, 102.6 Contractor's Hupevision and Construction Procedures 12.4, 33, 3.4, 42.3, 822, 82.3,10 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.7,112.1 Coordination and Correlation 122, 12.4, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.7, 6.1.3, 62.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.3, 22.5, 3.11 Correction of Work 2.3, 2.4.4.2.1. 9.82, 9.9.1, 12.12,12.213.7.1.3 Cost, Definition of 7.3.6, 14.3.5 Costs 2.4, 32.1, 3.7.4, 3.82, 3.152., 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.8.1, 52.3, 6.1.1, 62.3, 6.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 9.7, 9.82, 9.102, 11.3.12,11.3.1.3, 11.3.4,11.3.9,12.1,122.1,122.4, 122.5, 13.5,14 Cutting and Patching 3.14, 62.6 Damage to Constriction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2, 62.4, 9.5.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 103, 11.1, 11.3, 12.2.5 Damage to the Work 3.14.2, 9.9.1, 102.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 11.3 Damages, Claims for 3.18, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Damages for Delay 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 42.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.12, 13.5.2, 14.22, 14.2.4 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.6, 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.5, l2, 13.7.1.3 Defective Work, Definition of 3.5.1 Definitions 1. 1, 2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.6, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 .Delays and Extensions of Time :, 4.3.1, 4.3.8.1, 4.3.8.2, 6.1.1, 62.3, 72.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.8, 7.3.9,8.1.1,8.3,10.3.1,14.1.1.4 Disputes 4.1.4, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 62.5, 6.3, 7.3.8, 9.3.12 Dbconents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawing, Definition of 1.1.5 Drawing and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 1.1.1,13, 22.5, 3.11, 5.3 Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions 32 Effective Date of Insurance 822,11.12 Emergencies 43.7,10.3 Employees, Contractor's 3.32., 3.42, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.1, 3.182, 42.3, 42.6, 8.12,102,10.3,11.1.1,142.1.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and 1.1.3,1.1.6.3A. 3.5.1, 3.82, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 42.7, 62.1, 7.3.6, 9.32, 9.3.3,11.3,122.4,14 Execution and Progress of the Work 1.1.3,12.3, 32, 3.4.1, 3.5.1, 422, 42.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.8, 622, 7.1.3, 7.3.9, 82, 8.3, 9.5, 9.9.1,102,14.214.3 Execution, Correlation and Intent of the CtmtractDocuments 1.2, 3.7.1 Extensions of Time 4.3.1, 4.3.8, 72.1.3, 8.3,10.3.1 Failure of Payment by Contractor 9.5.1.3,142.12 Failure of Payment by Owe 4.3.7, 9.7,14.1.3 Faulty Waft (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Find Payment 42.1, 42.9, 4.32, 43.5, 9.10, 11.12, 11.1.3,11.3.5,12.3.1,13.7 Financial Arrangements, Owner's 22.1 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3 GENERALPROVLSDONS 1 Governing LAW 13.1 Guarantees (See warranty and warranties) Hazardous 14sterials 10.1. 10.2A Identification of Contract Documents 1.2.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 52.1 Indemnification 3.17, 3.18, 9.102, MIA, 11.3.12,11.3.7 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.12, 2.2, 4.3.4, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 62.6, 9.32, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.8.3, 9.92, 9.10.3, AIA DOCUMENT A201. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF TILE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - ALA- COPYRIGHT 1987 -TILE AMERICAN VMITIYM OF ARCHREr.TS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING: Ualioeosed phatooWryiaB vidstes U.S. o Vy UW Las and is wbjea to legal prosecution. This document was electrooiary produced win paseksion of the AiA and esn be reprodumd wM9 A violation um0 the dwe ofcspintiou v noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/1811997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9811998 - Page #3 I Injury or Damage to Person or Property 4.19 Inspections 3.3.3, 13.4, 3.7.1, 42.2, 4.2.6, 42.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.82, 9.92, 9.10.1, 13.5 Instructions to Bidders 1.1.1 Instructions to the Contractor 3.8.1, 4.2.8, 52.1, 7, 12.1, 1151 Insurance 43.9, 6.1.1, 7.3.6.4, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 11 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractors Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.3.3 Insurance, Owners liability 11.2 Insurance, Property 10.2.5, 11.3 Laurance, Stored Materials 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9.1, 11.3.11 insurance Companies, Settlement with 11.3.10 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2.3, 3.12.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.5, 1.4, 1.5, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 8.1 A interpretations, Written 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.7 Joinder and Consolidation of Chums Required 4.5.6 Judgment on Final Award 4.5.1.4.5A.1, 4.5.7 Labor and Materials, Equipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 18.2. 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 42.7, 62.1, 7.3.6, 9.32, 9.3.3,12.2.4,14 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5 4.5.7, 9.9.1,1022,11.1,11.3, 13.1,13.4,13.5.1,13.52,13.6 Liens 2.12, 4.32, 4.3.5.1, 822, 9.3.3, 9.102 limitation on Consolidation or Joinder 4.5,5 Limitations, Statutes of 4.5.42,122.6,13.7 Limitations ofAuuhority 3.3.1, 4.1.2, 42.1, 42.3. 42.7, 42.10, 522, 52.4, 7.4, 11.3.10 Limitations of Liability 2.3, 32.1, 3.5.1, 3.73, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 3.17, 3.18, 42.6, 42.7, 42.12, 622, 9.42, 9.6.4, 9.10.4, 10.1.4,101-5,11-1.2,11-2.1.11.3.7,13A.2.13.5.2 Limitations of Time, General 22.1, 22.4, 32.1, 3.73, 3.82, 3.10, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 42.1, 42.7, 42.11, 432, 4.3.3,4.3A, 4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.5.42, 52.1, 5.2.3.6.2A, 7.3.4, 7.4, 8.29.5, 9.62, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10,11.1.3,11.3.1,11.32,1133, 11.3.6,122.1,1222,13.5,13.7 Limitations of Time, Specific 2.12, 22.1, 2.4, 3.10, 311, 3.15.1, 42.1, 42.11, 43, 4.4, 4.5.5.3, 5.4, 733, 73.9, 82, 92, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7.9.8.2.9.102,11.1-3, 11.3.6,11.3.10,11.3.11,1222,122.4, 12.2.6.13.7.14 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Material suppliers 1.3.1, 3.12.1, 42.4, 42.6, 52.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.12, 9.3.3, 9.42, 9.6.5, 9.10.4 Materials, Hazardous 10.1, 10.2.4 Materials, Labor , Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 33.1, 3.82, 3.122, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7,61. 1. 7.3.6, 9.32, 9.3.3, 122.4,14 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3.1, 42.3, 42.7, 9.42 Minor Changes In the Work 1.1.1, 42.8, 4.3.7, 7.1, 7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 3.7.3, 3.11, 4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,9.7 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.3.1, 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 12, 13.7.1.3 Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.7.3, 3.7.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 3.17, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.6.1, 9.7,9.10,10-1.2,10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.22, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14, Notice, Written 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.4,4.5,5.2.1,5.3,5.4.1.1,8.2.2,9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,9.10, 10. 1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.52, 14 Notice of Testing and laspections 13.5.1,13.52 Notice to Proceed 8.22 Notices, Permits, Fees and 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 1012 Observations, Architects On-Site 4.2.2, 4.2.5 I I i I 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Observations, Contractor's 1.2.2, 3.2.2 Occupancy 9.6.6, 9.8.1, 9.9, 11.3.11 On-Site Inspections by-the Architect . 422, 42.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.82, 9.92, 9. 10.1 On-Site Observations by-the Architect 422, 42.5, 4.3.6, 9.42, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Orders, Written 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.7, 7, 822, 11.3.9, 12. 1. 122,13.52,14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of 2.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the 2.12, 2-2.4.3.4,6.9, 10.1.4,112, 11.3,13.5.1,14.1.1.5,14.1.3 Ownces Authority 3.8.1, 4.1.3, 42.9, 52.1, 52.4, 5.4.1, 7.3.1, 822, 9.3.1, 9.32,11.4.1,122.4, 13.52, 14.2,14.3.1 Owner's Financial Capability 22.1,14.1.1.5 Owners Ilabllity Insurance 11.2 . Owna's Loss of Use Ia4O"^e 11.3.3 ? Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.12, 52.1, 5.4.1, 9.6.4 Owners Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4,12.2A, 1422.2 Owners Right to Clean Up 63 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Sepa ? Contracts 6.1 Owners Right to Stop the Work 2.3, 4.3.7 Oauets Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract t142 Ownership and Use of Architects Drawings, Specifications and Other Documents 1.1.1,1.3, 22.5, 5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9,11.3.11 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 62.6 Patents, Royalties and 3.17 Payment, Applications for 42.5, 92, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 142.4 Payment, Certificates for 42.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3. Payment, Failure of 4.3.7, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.102,14.1.1.3, 142.12 Payment, Final 14.2.1, 42.9, 4.32, 4.3.5, 9.10,11.12 11.1.3,11.3.5,12.3.1 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9.11.4 Payments, Progress 4.3.4, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3,13.6,142.3 AIA DOCUMENT A201- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION -FOURTEENTH EDITION -AIA-COPYRIGHT 1987 AMERICAN INSTf1V[E OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W„ WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNiNO; Unlicensed plaaw vioWz US oopyrigha Im and is subject to legal Prosecution This daannert was da4aaioEy produced with permission of the AIA and can be reprodreed s viddiao in" the date of expiration as need below. Eledmnic Format A201-198 User Document: A201.CON - 911811997. AIA Uoense Number 100305, which expires on W711998 - Page I PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9,14 9.42, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.2,9.10-1.115 Payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.13, Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 Specifications, Definition of the 1.1.6 PCB 10.1 Specifications, The 1.1.1, 1.1.6,1.1-7.1.2.4,1.3,3.11 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.6.4, Statute of Limitations 4.5.4.2, 12.2-6,13.7 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Stopping the Work 2.3, 4.3.7, 9.7, 10.1.2, 10.3. 14.1 Permits, Fees and Notices 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Stored rlat^^atc 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1.4, 12.2.4 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 ' Polychlorinated Bipheny 10.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Product Data, Definition of 3.12.2 Subcontractors, Work by 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.3, 5.4 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings .11, 3.12, 42.7 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.12, 9.6.2, Progress and Completion 4.2.2, 4.3.4, 8.2 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 10.2.1, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.2, 14.3.2 ' Progress Payments 4.3.4, 9.3, Submittals 1.3, 3.2.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 11.1.3 Project, Definition of the 1.1.4 Subrogation, Walven of 6-1.1,11.3.5,11.3.7 ' Project Manual, Definition of the 1.1.7 Substantial Completion 4.2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, Project Manuals 2.2.5 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.1, 12.22, 13.7 Project Representatives 4.2.10 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Property Insurance 10.2.5,11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Substitution of Subcontractors 5.2.3,5.2.4 Substitution of the Architect 4 1 3 Regulations and Laws 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5 . . Substitutions of Materials 3.5.1 4.5.7,1012, 11.1. 11.3, 13.1, 13.4.13.5.1, 13.5-2, 13.6,14 Sub-subomtractor; Definition of 5.12 Rejection of Work 3.5.1, 42.6,121 Releases of Waivers and Liens 9 102 Subsurface Conditions 4.3.6 Successors and Asslgus 132 . Representations 122, 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 621, 82.1, 9.3.3, Superintendent 3.9,102.6 9.42, 9.5.1, 9.82, 9. 10.1 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.4, 3.3, 3.4, Representative 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9,4. 1. 1, 4.2.3, 4.3.4, 6.1.3, 62.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1, 10, 12,14 42.1, 4.2.10, 5.1.1, 5.12, 132.1 Surety 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 5.4.1.2, 9.102, 9.10.3,1422 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 4.4, 4.5 smety, Consent of 9.9.1, 9.102, 9.10.3 Responsibility for Those Performing the Surveys 2.21.3.18.3 Work 3.32, 42.3, 6.1.3, 62, 10 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 143 Retainage 9.3.1, 9.62, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.102, 9.10.3 Suspension of the Work 4.3.7, 5.42,14.1.1.4,14.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Suspension or Termination of the Contract 4.3.7, 5A.1.1, 14 Conditions by Contractor 12.2, 3.2, 3.7.3, 3.12.7 Taus 3.6,7.3.6A 1 Review of Contractors Submittals by Owner and Architect 3.10.1, Termination by the Contractor 14.1 3.102, 3.11, 3.12, Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1,14.2 41.7, 42.9, 52.1, 52.3, 9.2, 9.82 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Termination of the Contractor 1412 ' by Coattaator 3.12.5 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Rights and Remedies 1.12, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.152, Tests and Inspections 3.3.3, 4:2.6, 41.9, 9.41,12.2.1,13.5 41.6, 4.3.6, 4.5, 5.3, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7,102.5, TIME 8 10.3,12.2.2,12.2A, 13.4,14 Time, Delays and Extensions of 4.3.8, 72.1, 8.3 Royalties and Patents 3.17 Time Limits, Specific 2.12, 22.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15.1, Rule and Notices for Arbitration 442 41.1, 41.11, 4.3, 4.4,.4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9, 81, 92, 93.1, Safety of Persons and Property 10.2 93.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7.9.9.2.9.10.2. 11.1.3,11.3.6 11.3.10 Safety Precautions and Pswgrams 4.2.3.4.2.7. 10.1 , , 113.11,1222,122.4,122.6,13.7,14 Samples, Definition of 3.12.3 Time Ihmits on Claims 4.32, 433, 4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.4, 4.5 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 3.11, 3.12, 41.7 Title to Work 9.3-2,9.3.3 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2 9.3.1 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12 1 , Schedules. Construction 3.10 . Unforeseen Conditions 4.3.6, 8.3.1,10.1 Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4, 3.14.2, 41.4, unit Prices 7.1.4, 7.3.3.2 4.5.5, 6,11.3.7,12.12,122.5 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1.3, 21.5, 3.12.7, 5.3 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Use of Site 3.13, 6.1.1, 61.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3.11, 3.12, 42.7 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Site, Use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 62.1 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment 4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9.10.3 Site hrspections 1.2.2, 3.3.4, 422, 42.9, Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.4.2 ' 4.3.6, 9.82, 9.10.1,13.5 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.10.4, 11.3.7,13.4.2 Site Visits, Architects 422, 42.5, 42.9, 4.3.6, Waiver of Claims by the Owner 4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9.9.3, AIA DOCLINIENT A201- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA. COPYRIGHT 1987. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCUIECIS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W, WASHINGTON D.C. 10006.5292.. WARNING. Unlicensed phatooopy'urg violates U.S. mpyried lasts and is subject to legal posawuien Tba docvmas was eledromally produced with pamissiaa of the AIA and can be tepmd,ww without violation until dw date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 I User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 917/1998 - Page #5 P 9.10.3,11.3.3,11.3.5,11.3.7,13.4.2 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7 Warranty and Warranties 3.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7.1.3 Weather Delays 4.3.8.2 When Arbitration May Be Demanded 4.5.4 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1.3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.11, 10.1.3 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 Written Interpretations 41.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.7 Written Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5,5.2.1,5.3,5.4.1.1,8.2.2,9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,9.10,10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Written Orders 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.7, 7,8.2.2,11.3.9,12.1,12.2,13.5.2,14.3.1 AiA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA -COPYRIGHT 1987 - AMERICAN whin m OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASEENOTON D.C. 100065292. WARNING, Udioaad 0601000 violates U.S. oepyn& laws and a soi ject to Upl poseadim This document was datromally produced with permission of du AiA and can be reproduced or violation until the due of expirmon as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/711998 - Page I I I I 1 i I 1 1 1 I I i i i GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of the Contrail, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties. (2) a Change Order, (3) a Contraction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be constmed.to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor or (3) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect . shall, however, be emitted to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the ArnhiteoN6 duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1A THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications ,are .-that portion of the Contract Documents consisting::of the written requirements for materials, equipment,.-=ustmction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the volume usually. assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms. Conditions of the Contract and Specifications- 1.2 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner .and Contractor as provided in the. Agreement . If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contmd Documents, the Architect shall identity such unsigned Documents upon request 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the..Contrantor has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work ,is -to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2.3 . The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, AIA DOCU11W A201. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF TM CONTRAM FOR OONSTRUC1ION - FOUR7EEM EDITWN - ALA- COPYRIGHT 1997 - 7NE AMMUCAN WSITIM OF ARC1nIECM 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASMOTON D.C. 20006.5292- WARNiNO; tln wwmd phoWwriing viat" U.S. eopyd& taws and is aubieet to Ind praaeadim Thta domes waa ekwadnay p omwee with pan inim dew AM, and an be reproduced widnnt •iotatiea until the date dexpkation n oared below. ' Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9!7/1998 - Page #7 sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one contract record set Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other- documents prepared. by the Architect, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the Copyright All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on -rcquesy: upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof firinished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Stub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the, Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents Prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All Copies made under this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any. shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's copyright or other reserved rights. 1A CAPITALIZATION Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the Lid of other documents published by the American Institute o Architects. 1.5 INTERPRETATION 1.5.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documen c frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and 'any' ang articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier cNII an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of eithl statement. ARTICLE 2 , OWNER 2.1 DEFINITION 2.1.1 .The Owner.is the person or entity identified as sucl in the Agreement and as -referred to throughout the Contract Documents as:.if.singular..in number. The term nowners means the Owner or-the Owners authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable written furnish to the Contractor in writing information whick? . necessary and relevant for the Contractor=to evaluate, notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title the property on which the Project is located, usually ref to as the sift, and the Owners interest therein at the time of execution of the Agreement and, within five days after chants information of such charge in title, recarded? unreoorded. 2.2 ' INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contracto prior to execution of the Agreement and promptly from to time thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonab evidence that-financial arrangements have been made to fidfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. [Not Unless such reasonable evidence were furnished on reque? prior to the. execution of the Agreement the prospective contractor would not be required to execute the Agreemel or to commence the Work] 2.2.2 . The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for tl? site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 1 A.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions 2.2.3 Except for permits and fns which are include those which am (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles responsibility of the Contractor under the = Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, ALA DOCU IINT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRWnON - FOURTEENTH EDITION - ALA- COPYRIGHT 1987 - AMERICAN LNSi'TMM OF ARCEIIIECIS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE IM, WASHD OTON D.C. 20006.5292- WARNINO; tlaornred violets U.& copyright levee ad h abject to leprl p eeo im This doa®ed wee dacwooiwlly podw,ed with PKMW n of dw ALA and era be reprodtwd wehaR vioWim until the date ora,piretim u mated below. Electronic Format A201-1987 ' User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9!711998 - Page #8 I I I I I I I I' I I approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. 2.2.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary . for execution of the Work 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds). 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph.12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing,. may -order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof; until the cause for such order has been eliminated, however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2A OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2A.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipttof written notice from. the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a second seven-day period. If the Contractor within such second seven-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of corroding such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 DEFINITION 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD"CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR .3.2.1 The Contractor..shall carefully study and compare the. Contract Documents.. with each other and with information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report it to the Architem If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction 3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and.other information !mown to the Contractor with -the Contract Domments before commencing activities .:Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect at once. 3.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pursuantto Paragraph 3.12. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control AIA DOCUMENT A201- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION. ALA - COPYRIGHT 1987 -THE AMERICAN INS717VIE OF ARCHrMCT8, 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WAS113NUMN D.C. 200065292_ WARNIM. Ualiom al pbotwopYmB violates U.B. copycW laws and 6 subject to bpl phoaeadim Tbia dowmwal was doetrmiany podhhoed with pnmisim of tie AIA ahd an be repofiwed will-t violation until the date of eapuatien u ruled below. ' Electionic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/7/1998 - Page #9 I over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for ads and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other Persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of. portions of Work already performed under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials. equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery. water. heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work 3A.2 The Contractor sball enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's. employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3.5 WARRANTY under normal usage. If required by the Architect, Contractor shall fiunish satisfactory evidence as to the kin and quality of materials and equipment. 3.6 TAXES 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use similar taxes for the Work or portions then f provided the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contra Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for building permit and other permits and governmental foes, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution completion of the Work.which are customarily secured aft :execution-;ofthe:Conhact:sand which are legally req when bids are received or negotiations concluded. 3.7.2 - -The Contractor shall comply with and give noticl required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of tl? Work 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to =tain that the Contract Documents are accordance: ce applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building add rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the. Contract Documents are at vadang therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architen and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7A If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to J contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume fill! responst'bili for such. Work and shall bear the attrbutable costs 3.6.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect . 3.8 ALLOWANCES .. that materials and equipment fitrished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or 3.8.1 --The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum Permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be all allowances stated in the Contras Documents. I five from defects not inherent in the quality required or covered by allowanoes shall be supplied for such amour Permitted, and that the Work will conform with the and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons conforming to these requirements, including substitutions entities against. which the Contractor makes reasonab¦ not properly approved and authorized, may be considered objection. defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not Unless otherwise provided in the Coatr executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient Docu ? : maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear A materials and equipment under an allowance shall MA DOCUkHM A201-GENERAL COMMONS OF ME COMRACr FOR CONSIRUC17ON - FOUR1EENM EDMON - AIA - COPYRIGHT IM - A MERICAN INS nUrE OF ARCEQCFM . 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 200065292. WARNINO, UdWWAod viabla M& Untileopyried [on and 6 abject to legal posmaea 7th deet®rai w ekmacinay pmdumd wish pnmiuim of the ALA acct m be reptomwed wiawrt expiration as nuns below. Electronic Format A201-1987 ' User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 917/1998 - Page #10 11 be selected promptly by the Owner to avoid delay in the Work; .2 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; 3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and ' not in the allowances; .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall relied (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. I I I I I 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. -3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data :are-illustrations, standard schedules, performance `charts, :instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are inquired. the:.way. the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design 5.10.1 The Contractor, concept expressed m the Contract Documents. Review by promptly after being awarded the Contract. the Architect is subject to the, limitations of Subparagraph shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and 4.2.7. Architects information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Archited's approval, a schedule of submittals which is eoordioated.with the Contractoes construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. I 3.10.3 The Contractor shall conform to the most recent schedules. 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the Architect. Shop.. Drawings, :Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required,* the Contract Documents with reasonable,promptness-and -in such sequence as to cause no delay-:in -the Work or -in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be rwnrn..A Afh, o 4.r:.... 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. AIA DOCUMENT A201- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR coNSTRUCTION -FOURiE WH EDITION - AIA- COPYRIGHT 1987 -THE AMERICAN INST[TUM OF ARCIVIW S, 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W. WASF NaM D.C. 200065292_ WARNING; Udiamsed photocopying Vida ct US, copyrigid Leer rod is ¦tbied to I%d prosemaim Thin dom ww cull elemmWailly pm&wW with pem bisim of ate ALA acct coo be reproduced a4utout vioWim until the date oferpcatim as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/7/1998 - Page #11 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The. Contractor shall -direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. 3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 3.12.11 When professional. certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contras Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, hermits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials except with written consent of the Owner and of su separate contractor, such consent shall not be unreasonab y withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withho from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. completion of the Work the Contractor shall remove fro' and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery aluL surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16" ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The - Contractor - shall provide the Owner al0 Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and lifees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but not be responsible for such defense or loss when a parti design, process or product of a particular manufacturer manu&ctwm. is required by the Contras Documents. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that d required design, process or product is an infringement of patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to tE? Architect 3.18 <1NDEMNIFICATION or equipment 3.14 3.18.1 To the - fullest extent permitted by law, Of CUTTING AND PATCHING Contractor shall-indemnify and hold harmless the Owner; 1 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and ?P fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make of any of them from and against cl iais, damages, losses vqieru? including its parts fit together properly. out.of or resulting fro p limited to attorneys' fees, pe erformance of the Work, provided :3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a that such churn, damage, loss or expense is attributable portion of the Work or fully or partially completed bodily. injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by extent uding caused is w in use whole resulting therefrom but only ato t1I cts excavation The Contractor shall not art or otherwise alter extent c or in part by negligent such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone dizecar or indirectly employed anyone for whose acts ALA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDMoNs OF TIE OONTRAcr FoR cctantrnoN. FoURTEE= FDMON- AIA - COPYRIORT 1987. AMERICAN INSTr1 = OF ARCtn1EGM 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5292 WARNING; Wic=W phuwooPl ile and Y U&J" b tegd F"6WWm This dOVADW w d**aw lay p u&md wi& pmnWm or On ALA end cm be repndneed wiuwA oxpnti scored below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/1811997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 91711998 - Page #12 I I I L, I I I 1 I referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts; disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 4.1 ARCHITECT ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully pacing alrclhitecture identified as such in the Agreement and is in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.3 shall be subject to arbitration. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the correction period described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate_to.the.stage:of.construction to become generally familiarwith the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner. indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work On the basis of on-site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will cot be responsible for construction .means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contracxoes responsibility as provided in Paragraph 3.3. The Architect will not be responsible for the Conbact&s failure to tarry out the ' Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or . omissions of the :Contractor, Subcontractors; or.their agents or employees, or of any other persons perforating portions of the work 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor-and Architect. Consent. shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of the Architect, the. Owner shall appoint an arrbited against . whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect 4.1 A Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and u t 4:2.4 --Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate through the Architect Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. ALA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION -AIA-COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN 1NSTITEI E OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 200065292- WARNING; tlo Wmwd phatooV009 vtolata U.S. oopyzW km and k arbiad to IVd promeatim, Ttis dwummt wu elacuadmay pv&wad will pamisiw of due AIA and em be repo&WW WMM violatim utdil the date ofexpi,uim m Data! bdow. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/i 997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 917/1998 - Page #13 4.2.6 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractors Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or. completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractor;, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons. performing portions of the Work. 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information. given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architet's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architects review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architet's review shall riot constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless . otherwise specifically gated. by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or,proeedures..The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 'Me Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled bi the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Commi Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to 1 incorporated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of th Contract Documents on written request of either the Owntw or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any limits agreed upon. If no agreement is made concerning th _ .. time .within ,which:interpretations required of the Architedl" shall be:flimis;WAn.compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be :recognized on accormt of failure the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 1. dn. after written request is made for them. 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will 1 cotsirM with the intent of and reasonably -inferable fro the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the fortgee of drawings. When making such interpretations arillill decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure fai performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either _and will . ant. be liable for results interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on twitters relating aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the fntej expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 . CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim Is a demand or assedlop by-one-of the.parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment _,or interpretation. of Contract terms payment of mows extension of time or-other relief with respect to the terms the.ContracL--The term-"Claim"- also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Co arising out of or relating to the Contrail Claims must made by written notice. The responsibility to substanua ning Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim 4.3.2 Decision of. Architect. Claims, including ai alleging an error or omission by the Architect, shall be referred initially to the Architect for action as provided Paragraph 4.4. A decision by the Architect, as provided Subparagraph 4.4.4, shall be required as a condition AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDr1YON3 OF 77M 00147RACT FOR CONSMUC7ION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AM- COPYRIGRT 1997 - AMMUCAN nirri m OF ARCETECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 211006.5292- WARNING. 1301Weaaed phdaaJ violate U.S. oopyrigt laws and is subject to lepi proseant,n. This document wan. dodrooiany produced with permisaoe of the AM and em be reproduced without violation vmil the due ofexp rabon a noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, whlah expires on 9!711998 - Page #14 I I i r I I I I 1 D Precedent to arbitration or litigation of a Claim between the Contractor and Owner as to all such matters arising prior to the date final Payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of the Work or (2) the extent to which the Work has been completed. The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim shall not be a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in the event (1) the position of Architect is vacant, (2) the Architect has not received evidence or has failed to render a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect has failed to take action required under Subparagraph 4.4.4 within 30 days alter the Claim is made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect or (5) the Claim relates to a mechanic's lien. 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim - or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be made by written notice. An additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contras and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.6 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the owner except those arising from .1 liens, Claims, security interests or enatmbranocs arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warrandes required by the Contras Documents. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims -by either party in opposition. to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. 4.3.7.. Claims for-Additional Cost.. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim.for.,an increase in the Contras Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or Property arising under Paragraph 10.3. If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (I) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the Work Issued by the Amhitec, (4) failure of payment by-the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be . filed in accordance. with the procedure established herein. 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for all increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided hereut shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an - estimate - of !cost -and .of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work.::In-the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not ban been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contras suffers uqury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other ALA DOCUMENT A201- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCrON - FOURTEENTH EDrnoN - AiA - cOFYRIOHT 1987 . Tm AMERICAN DMTrUTE OF ARC.Hr EC7X 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASMNOTON D.C. 20006.1292- WARNING; Ud6mwd photooMing vto4ta U.& copycigtd Inn =W u a4rd to k@d puoreaeim. Tho doaimed w atewcamlly pmduoed with pammim tithe AIA cud m be repro&md willwA vialdim until the sure of expi atim u noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/711998 - Page #15 I party, of any of the other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for additional cost or time related to this Claim is to be asserted, it shall be filed as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 The. Architect will review Claims and take one or more of the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit.a schedule to the parties indicating when the Architect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest a compromise. The Architect may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. 4A.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party maldng the Claim shall, within ten days after the Architect's preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions:. (1) submit additional supporting data requested by the Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect that the initial Claim stands 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time period, the Architect will reader to the parties the -ArchitoWs written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety and theme appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. 4.5 ARBITRATION arbitrators may be entered in any court having jucisWctio? thereof, except controversies or Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for i Subparagraph 4.3.5. Such controversies or Claims upo? which the Architect has given notice and rendered a decisio as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4 shall be subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party. Arbitratio may be commenced when 45 days have passed after a C has been referred to the Architect as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and no decision has been rendered. 4.5.2. Rules and Notices for Arbitration. Clai-i between the Owner and Contractor not resolved under Paragraph 4.4 shall, if subject to arbitration undl Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided by arbitration in accordan with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect, unit the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of demand -arbitration shallbe:filed iin writing with the other party to) Agreement between dhe Awner and Contractor and with the American ArbitrationAssociation, and a copy shall be file with the Architect 4.5.3 Contact Performance During Arbftratio During arbitration proceedings, the Owner and Co shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4. 4.6A When Arbitration May Be Demanded. Demand for arbitration of any Claim may not be made J the earlier of (1) the date on which. the Architect has rendered a.final written decision on the Claim, (2) the t day after the parties have presented evidence to the Archi or have been given .reasonable .opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a final written decision by date, or (3) any of the five events described in Submag<? 4.3.2. 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states? (1) the decision is final but subject to arbitration and 6th) l demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by Such decision -must be made within-30-days after the date on which party making the demand rec eives.the final written decisio then failure Yo.demand arbitration within said 30 days shall result in the Architect's demon becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the Archi readers a decision after arbitration proceedings have beeW initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to acceptable to all parties concerned Arbitration. Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, or the breach thereof shall be settled 4.5.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, Clause 4.5.4.1 as applicable, and in other cases within and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - AMMUCAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON MC. 2WO6.5292- WARNING; LW k=W VWIUa U.S. copyright laws rod b: sobiect to leW pvaeaf m Ibis dmmmd was etachudcdly Fold with Pamisim of ds AiA sad m be repo&md wiebow vidatim edit the date of expirdim u notad below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/711998 - Page 016 I I I I I I ,I 1 I I I I shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. 4.5.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing speck reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or. entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in. Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a dispute. not desrn'bed therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in arty court having jurisdiction thereof 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A Party who files a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. When a party fails to include a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, or when a Claim bas matured or been acquired subsequently, the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit amendment, 4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to AIA DOCUMENT A201 - OI•NERAL 01)NDr1IONS OF TEE CONTRACT FOR CONS7RUCI70N -FOURTEENTH EDMON -ALA-COPYRIGHT 1987 -THE AMERICAN INS717um OF ARCHRECM 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE New., wASMN(rrON D.G 2WO&5292- WARNING; UAiommd phammp W6 violdw U.S. onpydglt IM god n sApd to legal prosecuimm 7ho docvmod was ekdroa ally produced viph pamimm of the AIA and p he rapro&=W VdhWA vio W im um7 the dale of esppkation as cored blow. ' Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9f7/1998 - Page #17 throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-suboontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 -Unless otherwise. stated in the Contract Documents or., the bidding: requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after .award -of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 , The Contractor shall not co tract.with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no -reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. However, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required- . 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such change. 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally I required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor. by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such tights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless-specifically: provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. -Subcontractors shall Similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective Proposed Sub-subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 6.4.1 , Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: 1 assignment. is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pur mant to Paragraph 14.2 and only. for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing and -2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. 5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNERS RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD , SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perfo construction or operations related to the Project with I Owners own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or construction or operations on the site under Conditions 01 Contract identical or substantially similar to these inclu those portions related to insurance and waiver subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additio? cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, Contractor shall make such Claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different Portions of the Project or other' construction or operations the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents each, case :shall amean -.the.. Contractor who executes ea separate Owner-Contractor Agreement 6.1.3 .T7ro- Owner- shall:eprovlde for coordination of If activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the constnu ii(I schedule and Contract Sum deemed necessary after a jo review and mutual agreement ..The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by Contractor,.: separate contractors and . the_ Owner, um? subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Con Documents, when the Owner Performs constntetion operations related to the Project With the Owner's own forces, the Owner: shall be deemed to be subject to.the obligations and to have the same rights which apply to to Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, -without- excluding -others,-those stated in Article 3, il> Article 6 and Articles 10,11 and 12. 6.2 -MUTUAL`RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and sep contractors reasonable opportuntty for introduction storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate to Contractors construction and operations with theirs required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for execution or results upon construction or operations r%__r or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to AIA DOCUMENT A201. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION. AIA - COPYRIGHT 19&7. AMERICAN 04S1MTM OF ARCHITEMS. 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W, WASHINGTON D.C. 2000&5292.. WARNING, Uoliav+ed phoboopy? viola" U.S, copyrigla km =W is w4oa Mbbel 71,6 d=,,w wn dearo icalty pvduand with paomam of the AIA and as be reprobwed wWlmd vwtz im until the doe ofewffthon User Document A201.CON - 9/1811997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires Elenic s on 9/71998 page #18 , ' proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper ' execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an aclmowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractors' completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or :separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate contractor has reciprocal obligations. 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same rmPonsrbilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14. 6.3 OWNERS RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish as dtscnbed in Paragraph 3.15, the Owner may clean up and allocate the cost among those responsible as the Architect determines to bejust ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 CHANGES 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor, an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 . A. Change Order is.a written instrument prepared by the:Architect -.and.signed -by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating:.theiragreement upon all of the following: 1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any: and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 7.2.2. Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract ' Sum may-include those listed in, Subparagraph 7.3.3. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by.the.Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum, or Contract Timc,.orboth...7'he Owner may by Construction -Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the. Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of 'additions; deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contras Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: AAA DOCUMENT A201- GMERAL OONDITTONS OF TM CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEtNPH EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT I9a9 - THE AMERICAN INSTITM OF ARCEnTECM 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHMOTON D.G 200065292. WARNING; Udiommd pbotooopying viola m US. coprigld kwa cod is soliea to legal poseanioa II& donmwa wn eladrooioatly podueed with po mi gim of the ALA cod om be «p v&=d wi bout vioWion Unlit the date ofexpUation u noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 911811997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/7/1998 -Page #19 I .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise :the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A. Construction Change Directive signed by-the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change order. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change. includin& in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and preSenl, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including social security, Did age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insuranc? permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and .5 additional costs of supervision and field offil personnel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the Owni amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Payment The amount of credit to be allowed by t1? Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change wlticl? results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be a net cost as confirmed by the Architect When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions ae involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and pro shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if arty, with, respect to that change. 7.3.8 -If -the Owner.:and.Contractor do not agree with J adjustment'in-Contract `Time or the method for determining it;' the . adjustment or the -method shall be referred to Architect for determination - 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with determination made by the Architect concerning adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Tune, otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, agreement shall be effective immediately and shall recorded by preparation and execution of an approp - Change Order. 7.4 - MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK ' 7A.1 The, Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and n§ inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall binding on the Owner and Contractor. 71c Contractor carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of Work t; 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the established in the Agreement The date shall not postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons ATA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDMONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION -AU -COPYRIGHT 1987 - AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHTTECIS, 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W, WASHINGTON D.C. 2M&529L WARNING; Udiommd p6otooop vidata U.S. copyTW lawn and is abject to S*d posmAiao. This doamwd wit elewonially pro&wW with pumbaim of am AIA cad an be fined without vidWai md0 the date of eapkatim a cored helm. Electronic Format A2o1-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/1811997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 91711998 - Page 020 I I LJ 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Articie l l to be furnished by the Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date -of such insurance, . Unless the date. of commencement is established by a notice to proceed given byf the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work . to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechames liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with • adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to bythe =Architect;*shall?bevsed as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications-for payment. 9.3 ': APPUCATIONS,FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days.before. the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized,. if.repked,.and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting reainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 8.3 . DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 _. If the- Contractor is delayed:at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries,. unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay. then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable tine as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been ply authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for paymentof amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to 8= Subcontractor or?matuial.supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work If approved in advance by the Owner,' payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and ALA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA- COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5292_ WARNING; Unlicensed phdooopM violdca U-8. op ng laws and h VA"d to kcal pvftwt on This doawmt was ekdrooiatly produced with pantistiaa of the AN and can be rcpromwed wdhwt violation Until expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 917/1998 - Page #21 equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include applicable insurance, storage, and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief; be free and clear of liens, claims, security -interests or encumbrances. favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD , CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify paym and may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application the Architect will notify the Contractor a? Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Con and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment the amount for which the Architect is able to make su representations to the Owner. The Architect may also deci c not to certify payment or, because of subsequently discove4 evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the w or a•part.of aXertificate-for Payment previously issued, such extent:as:mayjx:mccessary in the Architect's opinion to ;; protect the Owner from loss because of. .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable eWdenm indicating probable filing of such claims; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prope W Suboo 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will equipment; n?ctom or for labor, materials constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner , based on the Architect's observations at the site and the data A • reasonable .. evidence .,that the - Work . cannot . comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has completed for the unpaid. balance of -the Contrive Progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the sum; Architect's knowledge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents The .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and -6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract completed within the Contract Time, and that Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific unpaid- balance would not be adequate to :cover qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a actual or. liquidated damages for the anticipat Certificate for Payment will further constitute a delay. or 11 representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified However, the issuance of a Certificate .7 pecsisterd failure to carry out the Work for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect accordance with the Conrad Documents. has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or certification are removed, certification will be made procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from amounts previously withheld. Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the contractor's right 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS to payment or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate , what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid Payment, the Owner shall make payment m the manner and on account of the Contract Sum. AIA DOCUMENT A201- GENERAL CONDMONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION -AIA. COPYRIGHT 1987 - AMERICAN INSTITUM OF ARCfn7ECM 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N W W . . ASHINGTON D.C. 2WO6-5292. WARNING; UWkmwd v;otWm US. co pyd& 1 wid is s Aod to Leger pmaewtkm Tbh dommew waa ekchmia pmmwed wah pmvdx6w of We AIA amd eau be npra&md willmd op dde wepkat o d oared below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 917/1998 - Page #22 I I a I LJ I I 1- I I J I 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractors portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and 'action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have ,an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 . Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of :Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, AM the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-up; which shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to complete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter.the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Upon receipt of the Contractors list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractors list, :which. is= not. inraccordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, before issuance of .:the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or -`correct such1tem, upon -notification'by.the-Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Archited to determine Substantial Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and Insurance, and shall fix the time Within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the 119'accompanying.the Certificate: Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on- the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. .9.8.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or +designated portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor and :Certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents. 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Subparagraph 11.3.11 and AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDMONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDMON - ALA -COPYRIGHT 1957 - THE AMERICAN INSTIT77IR OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE NW, WASIHN(TION D.C. 20006.5292.. WARNING; Ueliombd pbotowpying viotttes U.S. apycidt law and is abject to legal pneanim This doamrat was elagrooially p &wW with permieim of the AIA acct m be repcoduoed without viohtim until the dde of esp'uatiea set noW below. ' Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 911811997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 917/1998 - Page #23 I authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may continence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage if any. security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. - Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress Of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in : - order to determine and record the condition of the Work 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, Partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for fimal inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for payment, the Architect will promptly make sach.inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the. Architect will. promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief: and on the basis of the Architect's observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire ' balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in said. final Certificate is due and payable. The.Architeces Anal Certificate for payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfillcod. 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and txptiPment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2)' certificate evidencing that inmimnoe required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is current& effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire unE at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to tR Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not renewable to cover the period required by the Contrj Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishi? payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receip releases and ,waivers of liens, claims, security interests .or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent arA in such form as . may be designated by the Owner. Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver req by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, —Contractor sball=refund+to:the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled Ito pay in discharging such lie 4ticluding all costs-and reasonable attorneys' fees. 9.10.3 1£ after Substantial Completion of the Work, Anal completion thereof is materially. delayed through no fault the Contractor or by issuance of. Change Orders affecWy final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification to, the Architect, and without terminating the Contract payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work completed and accepted N the remaining balance for W not fully completed : or corrected - is less than retain Stipulated in the Contract Docwnenn; and if bonds been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully comp and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to t? Architect prior to certification of such payment Such payment shall be made under terms and conditio? governing final payment, except that it shall not conautme Waiver of claims. The making of final payment constiate°a,waiverofclaims by the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 4.3.5. .9.10.4 -Acceptance;of final :payment by the Contractor. a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a of claims by that payee except those previously made writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the Of final Application for Payment Such waivers shall be in addition to the waiver described in Subparagraph 4.3.5. 1 ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY , 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS AIA DOCUMENT A201.OFNERAL CONDMONS OF THE CONTRACr FOR cON=UC1'ION - FOURTEENTH F.Dt17oN - AIA • OoPYRtGHT 1987 - AMERICAN DMTn 1E OF ARMTECrs, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W. WASHINOTON D.C. 2000&3292.. WARNING; Untiom?ad phQompy the dde ofeWGadan n noted below. Titit doam?eot was docymiaOY Poducod with paodnion of the AiA god m be reproduoed without vwlmon until 4 1 User Document: A201-CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expire on res on c 9/7 Format - Page age 9 #24 I `J LJ 1 1 i i 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.1.2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or when it has been rendered harmless, by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor, or in accordance with final determination by the Architect on which arbitration has.not been demanded, or by arbitration under Article 4. 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to Article 7 to perform without consent any Work relating to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB). 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Architect, Archited's consultants and agents and employees of airy of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinatod biphenyl (PCB) and, has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death,... or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only. to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent ads or omissions' of the Owner, . anyone 'directly or indirectly employed by the Owner or anyone for Whose ads the Owner may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by. a.party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation : shalt . not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Subparagraph 10.1.4. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable taws, ordinances, - rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 . The Contractorshall erect and maintain, as required by-existing .conditions:zrid. performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards--for--safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other. Warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials. or -equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.6. The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under . property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in.Clausm .10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in.whole or in part by the Contractor, a . Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor,. or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose ads they may be .liable and for which the .Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.21.2 and 30.2.1.3, except damage . or loss v.attrbutable to.aets or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly-or.indindly.employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose ads either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.2.6. The ..Contractor shall designate . a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH MMON - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE ALMUCAN 1NS ITUM OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W. WASHINGTON D.C. 200065292- WARNING; Unlicensed pbAumpyiog violate U.S. copyriift Ism and s wbject to legal Prosecution. Ma document was electronically produced with pemirim of the ALA and can be reprodaoed willmd violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/1811997. AIA Uoense Number 100305, which expires on 9!7/1998 - Page #25 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain-oin a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which 'the Project is located such' insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be: legally' liable, .whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 .claims Under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury , occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractors employees; .3 claims for. damages because of . bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for-damages insured by usual personal injury of a person or property damage arising out ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and .7 claims involving contractual liability insurani applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18- 11-1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1. shall be written for not less than limits of liability specifi in the Contract Documents or required by law, whiche coverage is greater. Coverages, % whether. written on occurrence or claims made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of th Work until date of final payment and termination of an coverage required to be maintained after final payment. 11.1.3. Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owne? .:sball:be.fdod:with=.the.Owner prior to commencement of thWork. =These Certificatevand the insurance policies required by..tbis :Paragraph A1:1-,shall contain a provision coverages afforded'under4he policies will not be cancelled allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of theforego' insurance coverages are required to remain in fume final payment and are reasonably available, alLadditio all -certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage srequireo hall submitted with the final Application for Payment as by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reductitiffill of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable-promptness in accordance with -the Contractorl information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner.shall be responsible for purchasing atil maintaining the Ownefs usual liability insurance. Optionally, the Owner may purchase and matNem to insurance for self-protection against claims which may from operations under the: Contract. The Contractor not.. be tesponstble• for.;pumhasing and maintaining this .optional Owners liability- insurance unless required by ft Contract Documents. babihty coverage which are sustained (1) by a 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner J Contractor, or (2) by another person; purchase and maintain in.a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which ds .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself Project is located, property insurance in the-amount of do because of injury to or destruction of tangible initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property inm,ran shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in tIW .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury,death Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all ALA DOCUNW17 A201- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION e FOUATEENIH EDrrtON - AIA - OOPYRIOHT 198'1- AMERICAN INST win OF ARCHITFiCTS, 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W. WASHINGTON D.C. 200063292.. WARNING; Udiomad violates U.S. oopyvi8ld laws am is Subject to kpi tamseartiam This donmumt w elaaooially ptodead with pamiaim of the ALA acct as be mowed wW out vioWim umT the dare ofeap'vatim u noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 ' User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/7/1998 - Page #26 I I 1 I persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse. false-work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 11.3.1.2 If the Oaner.does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all4of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sul"ubcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the oast thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable casts properly attributable thereto. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the .Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or. if the Ownerelects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such increased or voluntary deductible& If deductibles are not identified in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles. 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work in transit 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner, this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for . risks other than .:those described herein or for other +special:hazards.bcAncluded in the property insurance policy, -the .Owner,shaQ..if.possible,-include such insurance, and the :.cost 'them of-.;shall ;beicharged to the Contractor by --appropriate Change Order.x. 11.3.5 if during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adjacent to the site by property insurance under.policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance ..is to be. provided on. the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with.the terms of Subparagraph. 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered .by ,this separate property insurance. All separate policies-shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.3.. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related • to this Project. Each poliey.shall contain a provision that the ., .:policy will:not berancdWd or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their . subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, . agents and employ=, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by i ALA DOC IhGNT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTTW E OF ARCHITECTS, 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.G 20006.5292- WARNING; U kwmd phdooopymg violets U.S. oopyrW 4wv and r a4jeet to kgd prowadioa Ilk dommum wee ekovanimlly produced wbb paminka of are AIA and our be eepro&wW w2- bow vioWim ucQ are date of exp'veam a noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9118/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 917/1998 - Page #27 Property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 113 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The Policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty. of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their. interests may appear, subject to . requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Stub-subcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owners duties. The Cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds $o received, which the Owner shall distribute m accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which rase the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after such loss no other special agreement 'is made. replacement of damaged property shall be coveted by appropriate change Order. 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after ocatrenoe of loss to the Owners exercise of this power, if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 4.5. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in that case, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of such arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insuranol company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsemen or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall tak reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance compan or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to Partial occupancy or use that woul? cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall' have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance 01 the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereumde as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of thr' Contract .:-11.4.2 Upon.the request:of any person or entity appearing to ?be'.a potential: beneficiary of bonds covering payment o :,obligations arising:undenahe Contract, the Contractor shalt promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK , 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 if a portion of the Work is covered contrary. to the ArchitxYs request or to requirements-specifically z in the Contract Documents, it mast, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observad and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without Chang in the Contract Time. 12.1.2 . If a portion of the Work has been covered which tll Architect has not.specifically requested to observe prior to i being covered,-the Architect may request to see such Work '• find it Shall be,uncoveredaby the Contractor. If such work . in "accordance with the Contract Documents, costs I ..uncovering and-replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work is Aby accordance with the Contract Documents, the Co shall pay such costs unless the condition was causeOwner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. ' 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Wort rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to is requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed AIA DOC MIENS A201 - GENERAL COMMONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSiRUC17ON - FOURTEENTH EDITION -AIA. COI'YRtGHT 1987 - AMERICAN INMMnE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINMON D.C. 200065292- WARNINCt•, UdWeared pholooop?yi vidstn US. corld*1 lances and is wbjed to leo pramadi Tide down d w deArmiedly produced with pan iWim of the AIA and am be repro&md wi0wut viola ka unfil the doe of mpi atim a noted below. ' Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/1811997. AIA Ucense Number 100305, which expires on 9!711998 - Page #28 I I I F 1 I F I before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. 12.2.2 If, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is . found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and..the actual performance of the Work. This obligation under this Subparagraph. 12.2.2 shall survive acceptance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the Contract The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and arc neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof; after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by the Contractor, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary themby..If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs which the Contractor should have borne, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor. to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK -12.3:1 If. the:Ownerprefers to accept Work which is not in accordance ..with . the . <requirements of the Contract -Documents,' =lhe%.Owner-m do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, suoeesmrs,.assigns an&legal representatives of such other party in respect, to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the.Contraat Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 12.2.6 The Contractor shalt bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work I User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/7/1998 -Page #29 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duty served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by redstered or AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDMONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSCRUcTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITWM 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5292. WARNING; Wkemed rlwtoooPyinB video U.S. aapyrigla lawn nd is subject to legal praseartiea This do amtmr wu eteacmially produced with pamisim of the AIA and m be repto&wW wilhow violation uoh7 the date of espintim u noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 ccr"ed mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall: constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.6 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or. by., laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or With the appropriate public authority, and. Shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections . or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shalt bear such costs except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection o, approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contra Documents, be secured by the Contractor and prompt] delivered to the Architect. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections o approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Arc hit will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the no place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to thl Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. , 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contra Documents shall :beaninterest from the date payment is du at such rate as-the parties may agree upon in wri ting or, in the: absencedhereof;, at the.-legal. rate prevailing from time tt? time atYhe place:where.the.Piojed is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD ' 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial.Completion..As to ads o Wines to ad occurring prior to the relevant date o? Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any all cause of action shall be deemed to Lave acenled any and all events not • later than such date o Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to ad occurring subsequent to the relevant date o Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of III final .Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of:: limitations .;shall commence . to run and any, alleged cause of; action shall be deemed to accrued in any-and all events not later than the of immooe of the final Certificate for Payment; and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts' 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or or failures to ad Occurring after the relevant date o approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal Issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, at? failure of the portions of the Work to comply with applicable statute of limitations shall commence tow requirements established by the Contract Documents, the run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure to have accrued in any and all events not later including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the date of any ad or failure to ad by the Contra the Architect's services and expenses. pursuant: to any warranty provided under Paragraph ALA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CON7RACr FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA- COPYRIGHT 1987 - AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCH1TWM 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W, WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; UdWwsed pholooopy? vio U.S. oopyriBM 4 ??t is mtOd bed P This doaunad ? dearonially pw&u d with pamio im tithe ALA &W em be reproduced without vwktm wAd the dde ofe User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires son 9/7% 998 Page1 #30 ' 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2. or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. E i L IJ I ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with.the Contractor, for any of the following masons: 1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable; -.3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within Ahe time stated in the Contract Documents; .4 if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less; or -b the; Owner has failed to furnish ro,the,Contractor promptly. upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph.2.2. I... 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages. 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: 1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to ..-.makearpayment-,to; Subcontractors for materials,orlabor iwaccordance with the respective agreements .:between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the'Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and n=hinery:.thereon.owned.by.the Contractor, 2 .:accept.. assignment: of. subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4; and -3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the.Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the ALA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987.771E AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASIM40MN D.C. 200065492.. WARNING; UnliowAccl photocopying violdes U.S. copyright laws rod is abject to legel proaewdom This doaaneot wax daxroaiaOY pro&zead with t on of the ALA acrd ea be rcproduud without vioWien until the due ofexpintim as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA License Number 100305, which expires on 9/7/1998 - Page #31 Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in cost of performance of the Contract, including profit on e increased cost of performance, caused by suspension, dela or interruption. No adjustment shall be made to the extent:I .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cal for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is trade or denied under another provision of this Contract. 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. 11 1 I ALA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA- COPYRIGHT 1957 - AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNnJO; UdkmW plwtoeo violates U.S. oopyri& laws sod is wbjed to lVd proaeadkm Thin da"ne t wu electooicdty produoed with pnminim of the ALA and = be tepro&md without violation until the date of ayintion u noted below. Elecuunic Format A201-1 User Document: A201.CON - 9/18/1997. AIA Ucense Number 100305, which expires on 9/7/1998 - Page I 1 L] 1 11 1 SECTION 00710 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The following supplements modify Section 00700, the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201, Fourteenth Edition, 1987. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. 1. ARTICLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.2 Execution, Correlation and Intent 1.2.3 (No modification is usually required.) 1.2.3 In the event of conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, interpretations will be based on the following priorities. 1. The Agreement. 2. Change Orders and Supplemental Instructions. 3. Addenda, with those of later date having precedence over those of earlier date. 4. The Supplementary Conditions. 5. The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 6. Drawings and Specifications. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 2. ARTICLE 2: OWNER a. 2.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner: Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 2.2.5: "Following the initial issue of Drawings and Project Manuals, additional copies requested by the Contractor will be fumished at the cost of reproduction, postage and handling." 3. ARTICLE 3: CONTRACTOR a. 3.4 Labor and Materials: Add the following Subparagraph: "3.4.3 After the Contract has been executed, the owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the substitution of products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in Section 01630 - Substitutions and Product Options." b. 3.7 Permits, Fees and Notices: Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 3.7.1: "The Owner has paid for the plan review fee; the Contractor is responsible to pay the building permit and surcharge fee to the local jurisdiction." 00710-1 No. 98037 1 C. 3.13 Use of Site: Add the following subparagraph: "3.13.2 The Contractor shall accept the site as it exists. The care, custody and control of the project site ' shall be vested in the Contractor, subject to the rights of the Owner." 4. ARTICLE 4: ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT. ' a. Revise paragraph 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance as follows: ' "Pending final resolution of a Claim including arbitration or litigation, as provided for herein, unless..." b. Revise paragraph 4.4.4 as follows: , "...but subject to arbitration or litigation, as provided for herein. Upon expiration..." c. Add the following after Article 4.5 ARBITRATION: ' "NOTE: All references to "Arbitration" in Section 4.5 shall be considered permissive and not mandatory. The Owner shall, in its sole discretion, have the right and option to enforce any claim it may have against , the Contractor, or against any of the Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Suppliers or Vendors of Contractor, through litigation. The Owner shall, in its sole discretion, also have the right and option to refuse to arbitrate any claim brought against Owner by the Contractor, either on Contractor's own behalf, or on behalf ' of arty of the Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Suppliers or Vendors of Contractor, and demand that such claim be pursued through litigation. In the event the Owner exercises its right and option to refuse to arbitrate a claim brought against the Owner, written notice of such refusal shall be given by Owner to the parry making the claim and to any tribunal administering the claim at any time up to and including the date ' when Owner is required by any applicable statute, rule, or order to respond to such claim." 5. ARTICLE 5: SUBCONTRACTORS - No modifications. 6. ARTICLE 6: CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS - No modifications. 7. ARTICLE 7: CHANGES IN THE WORK , Add the following paragraph to Article 7: 7.5 Overhead and Profit Rates: "For any adjustments to the Contract Stun based on other than the unit prices method, the Contractor agrees to charge and accept payment for his overhead, bond, insurance, field supervision and profit at the following percentages of the cost attributable to the change in the Work: 1. Ten percent (10%) for Work (labor, labor insurance and materials) by the Contractor not involving ' subcontractors; 2. Five percent (51/6) for Work (labor, labor insurance and materials) by subcontractors; ' 00710-2 No. 98037 ?J I u, I r - L 1 1 I 3. When both additions and credits are involved in any one proposal request, the allowance for overhead, bond, insurance, field supervision and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any; 4. For additional Work ordered as described above which will be executed by Subcontractors of the contractor, it is agreed Subcontractors will be permitted to charge ten percent (10%) for work not involving sub-subcontractors and five percent (5%) for Work by sub-subcontractors. To the net subcontract amount the Contractor may add five percent (5%).- 8. ARTICLE 8: TIME Revise paragraph 8.3.1 as follows: "...pending arbitration or litigation, as provided for herein, or by other causes..." 9. ARTICLE 9: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION a. 9.3 Applications for Payment: Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 9.3.1: "The form of application for payment shall be a notarized AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate for Payment, supported by AIA Document G703, Continuation Sheet submitted in quadruplicate." b. 9.3 Applications for Payment: Add the following clause to Subparagraph 9.3.1: "9.3.1.3 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner shall make progress payments in the amount of ninety- five per cent (95%) of the amount due the Contractor." C. 9.8 Substantial Completion: 1. Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 9.8.1: RIf the Work or a designated portion thereof is to be followed by construction by the Owner or by the separate contractors, Substantial Completion shall be defined as the readiness of the Work for the commencement of such construction." 2. Revise Subparagraph 9.8.2 to read: "... and shall fix the time within the Contractor shall complete all items on the list accompanying the Certificate to sixty (60) calendar days. The Contractor will submit a punchlist completion schedule within ten (10) days of receipt of Certificate of Substantial Completion. Any cost incurred by the Architect or Architect's consultants (after 60 calendar days of substantial completion) to close out the project will be deducted from the Contractor's contract by change order. Warranties required..." 3. Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 9.8.3: "The payment shall be sufficient to increase the total payments to one hundred percent (100%) of the ' Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Owner and Architect shall determine for incomplete work and unsettled claims." L1 I d. 9.10 Final Completion and Payment: After Subparagraph 9.10.4, add the following subparagraph: "9.10.5 Before food payment is made, a certification of satisfaction, Minnesota Tax Form 134, from the State Commissioner of Taxation must be furnished in accordance with Minnesota State Law (re: certification of satisfaction of state withholding taxes Paid)- 00710-3 No. 98037 1 10. ARTICLE 10: PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY - No modifications. 11. ARTICLE 11: INSURANCE AND BONDS a. 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance: Add the following: "11.1.1.8 Liability Insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including: 1. Premises Operations (including X, C and U coverages as applicable). 2. Independent Contractors' Protective. 3. Products and Completed Operations. 4. Personal Injury Liability with Employment Exclusion deleted. 5. Contractural - including specified provision for Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 6. Owned, non-owned and hired motor vehicles. 7. Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations. 8. Umbrella Excess Liability. b. 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance: Add the following to Subparagraph 11.1.1: "11.1.1.9 A General Liability or Umbrella Liability Policy on a claims-made basis will not be accepted. C. 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance: Add the following to Subparagraph 11.1.2: "11.1.2.1 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11. shall be written for not less than the following limits, or greater if required by law. 1. Workers' Compensation: a) Minnesota Statutory b) Employer's Liability: $100,000 per accident $500,000 disease, policy limit $100,000 disease, each employee 2. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability (including Premises- Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage): a) Bodily Injury: $500,000 each occurrence $1,000,000 aggregate b) Property Damage: $500,000 each occurrence $1,000,000 aggregate c) Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for 2 years after final payment: $1,000,000 aggregate d) Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide X, C and U coverage. e) Broad Form Property Damage Coverage shall include Completed Operations. 00710-4 No. 98037 ?J d. e. f 1 g• 1 3 4. 5. 6. Contractual Liability: a) Bodily Injury: b) Property Damage: $500,000 each occurrence $1,000,000 aggregate $500,000 each occurrence $1,000,000 aggregate Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion deleted: $1,000,000 aggregate Business Auto Liability (including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles): a) Bodily Injury: b) Property Damage: $1,000,000 each person $1,000,000 each occurrence $1,000,000 each occurrence if the General Liability coverages are provided by a Commercial Liability policy, the: a) General Aggregate shall be not less than $2,000,000 and it shall apply, in total, to this Project only. b) Fire Damage Limit shall be not less than $100,000 on any one fire. c) Medical Expense Limit shall be not less than $5,000 on any one person. 7. Umbrella Excess Liability: $3,000,000 over primary insurance. $10,000 retention for self-insured hazards, each occurrence." 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance: Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 11.1.3: "If this insurance is written on the Comprehensive General Liability policy form, the Certificates shall be AIA Document G705, Certificate of Insurance. If this insurance is written on a Commercial General Liability policy form, ACORD form 25S will be acceptable. 11.2 Owner's Liability Insurance: Delete the last two sentences of Subparagraph 11.2.1 and substitute the following: "The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance covering the Owner's contingent liability for claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. The policy limits shall be not less than $1,000,000." 11.3 Property Insurance: Make the following modifications. 1. 11.3.1 Add the following to subparagraph 11.3.1: "11.3.1 The deductible on the policy shall be $2,500.00 and the Contractor shall pay all cost not covered because of such deductible." Revise paragraph 11.3.9 as follows: "...an arbitration award, if applicable, in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5, or in accordance with a court order, in the event of litigation. If after such..." 00710-5 No. 98037 h. Revise paragraph 11.3. 10 as follows: "...In Paragraph 4.5, unless the Owner exercises its right and option to refuse to arbitrate, in which case, the ' matter shall be submitted to a court of competent jurisdiction for further determination- The Owner as fiduciary shall, in such case, make ...of such arbitrators or in accordance with directions of the court. If distribution of , insurance proceeds by arbitration or court order is required, the arbitrators or the court will direct such distribution." i. 11.4 Performance Bond and Payment Bond: Delete Subparagraph 11.4.1 and substitute the following: ' "11.4.1 The Contractor shall f uTdsh bond or bonds as described below, covering the faithful performance of the Contract and the payments of all obligations arising thereunder. The Contract will not be signed until ' the Owner has received the proper bond specified under this Article, issued by a bonding company licensed to do business in the State where the construction will take place, and on the current list of Company's Holding Certificates of Authority as acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as acceptable reinsuring companies as published in Circular 570 (Amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, , U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. f ' 11.4.1.1 Finish both AIA A312 Performance Bond and AIA A312 Payment Bond in the amount of 100% o the Contract Price. 11.4.1.2 The Performance Bond and Payment Bond shall be submitted in the exact form specified in Section ' 11.4.1.1, above, and with the certificates specified in Section 11.4.1.3, below, and no other modifications or addendum whatsoever shall be allowed. , 11.4.1.3 Duly executed, notarized and updated Acknowledgments of both the Principal and Surety and the Surety's Power of Attorney must be attached to each of the two required bonds. 11.4.1.4 Bond amounts shall not exceed the single bond limit for the Contractor's bonding company as set ' forth in the Federal Register current as of the bid date." 12. ARTICLE 12: UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK - No modifications. ' 13. ARTICLE 13: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS a. Add the following Paragraph 13.8 to Article 13. 13.8. Equal Opportunity: The Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows: ' 13.8.1.1 The Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex or national origin. The ' Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other , forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of non-discrimination. ' 13.8.1.2 The Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex or national origin." ' I 00710-6 No. 98037 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 b. C. Add the following Paragraph 13.9 to Article 13: "13.9 Out-of-State Contractor: Out-of-State Contractors for contracts that exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed $100,000 shall comply with the following Minnesota Department of Revenue Requirements: 13.9.1 File form SD-E (Exemption from Surety Deposits for Out-of-State Contractors) with the Department of Revenue, Mail Station 4450, St. Paul, Minnesota 55146-4450. An exemption will be granted if I The Contractor provides a cash surety or bond, secured by an Insurance Company licensed in Minnesota, which guarantees compliance with all provisions of Minnesota withholding, sales and corporate income tax laws, or: .2 The Contractor provides evidence of full compliance with such laws on previous construction work in Minnesota during the last three years. 13.9.2 Submit a copy of form SD-E, certified by the Department of Revenue, with the Contractor's initial Application for Payment. 13.9.3 If an exemption is not granted, 8 percent of each Application for Payment will be withheld as surety and deposited with the Department of Revenue, to be refunded with interest after the Contractor's State tax obligations are fulfilled. Add the following Paragraph 13.10 to Article 13: "13.10 Wage Determination - MS 177.42-44 13.10.1 This is a prevailing wage project. All contractors and subcontractors shall pay at least the minimum prevailing wages as published by the State of Minnesota and conform to the labor laws of the State of Minnesota and all other laws, ordinances, and legal requirements affecting their work in Minnesota. 13.10.2 Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 177.43, "No laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the project worksite by the contractor or any subcontractor, agent or other person doing or contracting to do all or a part of the work of the project, shall be permitted or required to work more hours than the prevailing hours of labor unless such laborer or mechanic is paid for all hours in excess of the prevailing hours at a rate of at least 1 h times his hourly basic rate of pay: nor shall he be paid a lesser rate of wages than the prevailing wage rate in the same or most similar trade or occupation area." Nothing in this contract shall be construed as prohibiting the contractor or subcontractor paying the negotiated wage rate. 13.10.3 Arty project with an estimated total cost of more than $25,000 must comply with Minnesota Statute 177.4144 which is commonly known as The Little Davis-Bacon Act. To facilitate compliance pursuant to the Statute, wage determinations were prepared for different trades for each county from which labor for said project would be secured. It is the stated public policy of M.S. 177.41 as follows: "It is in the public interest that public buildings and other public works be constructed and maintained by the best means and highest quality of labor reasonable available, and that persons working on public works be compensated according to the real value of the services they perform. It is therefore declared to be the public policy of this State that wages of laborers, workmen, and mechanics engaged in State projects would be comparable to wages paid for similar work in the community as a whole." Any wage determinations which are found not to be so promulgated to not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility for paying the prevailing wage rate of the trade in question. Additional classifications may develop between certifications by the Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry. Therefore, no inferences may be drawn from 00710-7 No. 98037 the omission of a classification which has local usage. Further, the State will not be liable for increased labor cost, errors in the rates or classifications, or changes to same prior to the awarding , of contracts. 13.10.4 Information pertaining to the prevailing wage rates, prevailing hours of labor and hourly basic rates may be obtained from the Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry. Said wage rates , must be posted in at least one conspicuous place for the employees working on the project. Failure to do so, by any Contractor, subcontractor, or agent, who, after executing a contract in compliance with this section, pays to any laborer, workman, or mechanic employed directly on the project, a ' lesser wage for work done on the project than the prevailing wage rate, shall be fined $300 or imprisoned for not more than 90 days or both. Each day any violation of this section continues shall be a separate offense. Prevailing wage rates for this project are attached at the end of this section. , 13.10.5 Any violation of Minnesota Statute 177.42-44 shall be reported to the Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry " , . 14. ARTICLE 14: TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT Add the following Paragraph 14.4 to Article 14: "14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience , 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the owner's convenience, the ' Contractor shall: .1 Cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; ' .2 Take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the work. END OF SECTION 00710 ' 00710-8 No. 98037 ' MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRY PREVAILING WAGES FOR STATE FUNDED CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS ---------------------------- THIS NOTICE MUST BE POSTED ON THE JOBSITE IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE --------------------------------- CONSTRUCTION TYPE: COMMERCIAL COUNTY NUMBER: 19 COUNTY NAME: DAKOTA EFFECTIVE: 971020 ' THIS PROJECT IS COVERED BY MINNESOTA PREVAILING WAGE STATUTES. WAGE RATES LISTED BELOW ARE THE MINIMUM HOURLY RATES TO BE PAID ON THIS PROJECT. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT A RATE OF ONE AND ONE HALF (1 1/2) TIMES THE BA SIC HOURLY RATE. VIOLATIONS SHOULD BE REPORTED TO THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRY,443 LAFAYETTE RD, ST PAUL, MN 55155, (612) 296-6452 . INDICATES THAT ADJACENT COUNTY RATES WERE USED FOR THE LABOR CL ASS LIST ED. LABOR CODE AND CLASS EFFECT BASIC DATE RATE FRNGE RATE TOTAL RATE - ------------------------- --------------- 101 LABORER, COMMON (GEN LABOR WRK) - ------ ----- 971020 19.03 ----- 06.29 ----- 25.32 102 LABORER SK 19 03 29 06 25 32 , ILLED-ASST CRFT JRNYMN . 971020 . . 103* LABORER, LANDSCAPING 971020 10.48 04.04 14.52 980501 10.98 04.04 15.02 104 FLAGPERSON 971020 12.00 00.00 12.00 ' 6452 105 WATCHPERSON FOR RATE CALL 612-296- ' 106 BLASTER 971020 19.65 06.29 25.94 107 PIPELAYER (WATER, SEWER & GAS) 971020 19.65 06.29 25.94 108 TUNNEL MINER 971020 18.05 06.29 24.34 980501 18.95 06.29 25.24 109 UNDRGRND & OPEN DITCH LABOR (8') 971020 19.65 06.29 25.94 GROUP 1 971020 22.12 06.75 28.87 980501 22.87 06.90 29.77 201 HELICOPTER PILOT 202 CRANE WITH OVER 135-FOOT BOOM, EXCLUDING JIB ' 203 DRAGLINE, CRAWLER, HYDRAULIC BACKHOE AND/ OR OTHER SIMILAR EQUIPMENT WITH SHOVEL-TYPE CONTROLS THREE CUBIC YARDS AND OVER MANUFACTURER'S RATED CAPACITY 1 COUNTY NUMBER: 19 COUNTY NAME: DAKOTA EFFECTIVE-DATE: 971020 LABOR CODE AND CLASS ---------------------- 204 PILE DRIVING WHEN 205 TOWER CRANE GROUP 2 CLASS: C ---------------------- THREE DRUMS ARE IN USE 1 EFFECT BASIC FRNGE TOTAL I DATE RATE RATE RATE ------ ----- ----- ----- --- 971020 21.57 06.75 28.32 980501 22.32 06.90 29.22 ' 206 CABLEWAY 207 CONCRETE MIXER, STATIONARY PLANT 208 DERRICK (GUY OR STIFFLEG) (POWER) (SKIDS OR STATIONARY) 209 DRAGLINE, CRAWLER, HYDRAULIC BACKHOE AND/OR SIMILAR EQUIPMENT WITH SHOVEL-TYPE CONTROLS, UP TO THREE CUBIC YARDS MANUFACTURER'S RATED CAPACITY 210 DREDGE OR ENGINEERS, DREDGE (POWER) AND ENGINEER 211 FRONT END LOADER, FIVE CUBIC YARDS AND OVER 212 GRADER OR MOTOR PATROL 213 LOCOMOTIVE CRANE OPERATOR 214 MIXER (PAVING) CONCRETE PAVING, ROAD MOLE, INCLUDING MUCKING OPERATIONS, CONWAY OR SIMILAR PILE DRIVING 216 TRACTOR - BOOM TYPE 217 TRUCK CRANE - CRAWLER TYPE 218 TUGBOAT 100 H.P. AND OVER GROUP 3 971020 21.39 06.75 980501 22.14 06.90 219 DUAL TRACTOR 220 ELEVATING GRADER 221 PUMPCRETE 222 SCRAPER - STRUCK CAPACITY 32 CUBIC YARDS AND OVER 223 SELF-PROPELLED TRAVELING SOIL STABILIZER GROUP 4 971020 21.27 06.75 980501 22.02 06.90 224 AIR TRACK ROCK DRILL 225 ASPHALT BITUMINOUS STABILIZER PLANT 226 AUTOMATIC ROAD MACHINE (CMI OR SIMILAR) 227 BACKFILLER OPERATOR 228 CONCRETE BATCH PLANT 229 BITUMINOUS ROLLER (EIGHT TONS AND OVER) 230 BITUMINOUS SPREADER AND FINISHING (POWER) 231 CAT TRACTORS WITH ROCK WAGONS OR SIMILAR TYPES 232 CHIP HARVESTER AND TREE CUTTER 233 CONCRETE MIXER ON SOBSITE 234 CONCRETE MOBIL 235 CRUSHING PLANT (GRAVEL AND STONE) OR GRAVEL WASHING, CRUSHING AND SCREENING PLANT 236 CURB MACHINE 237 DOPE MACHINE (PIPELINE) I 1 28.14 29.04 I 28.02' 26.92 I' I I .1 COUNTY NUMBER: 19 COUNTY NAME: DAKOTA EFFECTIVE-DATE: 971020 CLASS: C EFFECT BASIC FRNGE TOTAL LABOR CODE AND CLASS DATE RATE RATE RATE 238 ------ DRILL RIGS, HEAVY ROTARY OR CHURN OR CABLE DRILL ----- ----- ----- 239 FORK LIFT OR STRADDLE CARRIER 240 FORK LIFT OR LUMBER STACKER ' 241 FRONT END LOADER, OVER ONE CUBIC YARD 242 HOIST ENGINEER (POWER) 243 HYDRAULIC TREE PLANTER 244 LAUNCHER PERSON (TANKER PERSON OR PILOT LICENSE) ' 245 LOCOMOTIVE 246 MECHANIC - WELDER 247 248 MILLING, GRINDING, AND PLANING MACHINE MULTIPLE MACHINES, SUCH AS AIR COMPRESSORS, WELDING MACHINES, GENERATORS, PUMPS 249 PAVEMENT BREAKER OR TAMPING MACHINE (POWER DRIVEN) MIGHTY MITE SIMILAR TYPE 250 PICKUP SWEEPER, ONE CUBIC YARD AND OVER HOPPER CAPAC ITY 251 PIPELINE WRAPPING, CLEANING OR BENDING MACHINE 252 253 POWER PLANT ENGINEER, 100 KWH AND OVER POWER ACTUATED HORIZONTAL BORING MACHINE, OVER SIX INCHES 254 PUGMILL ' 255 RUBBER-TIRED FARM TRACTOR, BACKHOE ATTACHMENT 256 SCRAPER, UP TO 32 CUBIC YARDS 257 SKID STEER LOADER, OVER ONE CUBIC YARD WITH BACKHOE ATTACHMENT ' 258 SLIP FORM (POWER DRIVEN) (PAVING) 259 TIE TAMPER AND BALLAST MACHINE ' 260 261 TRACTOR, BULLDOZER TRENCHING MACHINE (SEWER, WATER, GAS) 262 WELL POINT INSTALLATION ' GROUP 5* 971020 18.23 06.75 24.98 980501 18.98 06.90 25.88 263 AIR COMPRESSOR, 600 CFM OR OVER ' 264 BITUMINOUS ROLLER (UNDER EIGHT TONS) 265 CONCRETE DISTRIBUTOR AND SPREADER FINISHING MACHINE, LONGITUDINAL FLOAT, JOINT MACHINE, AND SPRAY 266 CONCRETE SAW (MULTIPLE BLADE) (POWER OPERATED) 267 FORM TRENCH DIGGER (POWER) 268 FRONT END LOADER, UP TO AND INCLUDING 1 CUBIC YARD 269 GUNITE GUNALL 270 HYDRAULIC LOG SPLITTER ' 271 272 LOADER (BARBER GREENE OR SIMILAR TYPE) POST HOLE DRIVING MACHINE / POST HOLE AUGER 273 POWER ACTUATED AUGER AND BORING MACHINE 274 POWER ACTUATED JACK ' 275 PUMP 276 SELF-PROPELLED CHIP SPREADER (FLAHERTY OR SIMILAR) 277 SHEEP FOOT COMPACTOR WITH BLADE - 200 H.P. AND OVER COUNTY NUMBER: 19 COUNTY NAME: DAKOTA EFFECTIVE-DATE: 971020 CLASS: C EFFECT BASIC LABOR CODE AND CLASS DATE RATE ----------------------------------------------- ------ ----- 278 SHOULDERING MACHINE (POWER) APSCO OR SIMILAR TYPE INCLUDING SELF-PROPELLED SAND AND CHIP SPREADER 279 STUMP CHIPPER AND TREE CHIPPER 280 TREE FARMER (MACHINE) 281 BITUMINOUS SPREADER AND BITUMINOUS FINISHING MACHINE OPERATOR (HELPER) GROUP 6 FRNGE RATE 971020 17.02 06.75 980501 17.77 06.90 282 CONVEYOR 283 DREDGE DECK HAND 284 FIRE PERSON OR TANK CAR HEATER 285 GRAVEL SCREENING PLANT (PORTABLE NOT CRUSHING OR WASHING) 286 GREASER (TRUCK OR TRACTOR) 287 LEVER PERSON 288 OILER (POWER SHOVEL, CRANE, DRAGLINE, CRUSHERS, AND MILLING MACHINES 289 POWER SWEEPER 290 ROLLER ON GRAVEL COMPACTION 291 SELF-PROPELLED VIBRATING PACKET 292 SHEEP FOOT ROLLER 293 TRACTOR, WHEEL TYPE, OVER 50 H.P. 294 TRUCK CRANE OILER GROUP 1 971020 19.05 04.35 980501 19.30 04.80 301 MECHANIC - WELDER 302 TRACTOR TRAILER DRIVER 303 TRUCK DRIVER (HAULING MACHINERY INCLUDING OPERATION OF HAND AND POWER OPERATED WINCHES) GROUP 2* 304 FOUR OR MORE AXLE UNIT, STRAIGHT BODY TRUCK GROUP 3* 971020 19.05 04.35 980501 19.30 04.80 971020 19.05 04.35 980501 19.30 04.80 305 BITUMINOUS DISTRIBUTOR DRIVER 306 BITUMINOUS DISTRIBUTOR (ONE PERSON OPERATION) 307 THREE AXLE UNITS GROUP 4* 971020 19.05 04.35 980501 18.75 04.80 308 BITUMINOUS DISTRIBUTOR SPRAY OPERATOR COUNTY NUMBER: 19 COUNTY NAME: DAKOTA EFFECTIVE-DATE: 971020 CLASS: C EFFECT BASIC FRNGE TOTAL LABOR CODE AND CLASS DATE RATE RATE RATE (REAR AND OILER) 309 DUMP PERSON 310 GREASER 311 PILOT CAR DRIVER 312 RUBBER-TIRED, SELF-PROPELLED PACKER 313 TWO AXLE UNIT 314 SLURRY OPERATOR 315 TANK TRUCK HELPER (GAS, OIL, ROAD OIL, AND WATER) 316 TRACTOR OPERATOR, UNDER 50 H.P. ' 2 401 HEATING AND FROST INSULATORS 971020 19.82 13.6 33.44 402 BOILERMAKERS 971020 21.70 08.82 30.52 403 BRICKLAYERS 971020 20.81 08.69 29.50 404 CARPENTERS 971020 21.12 08.11 29.23 405* CARPET LAYERS (LINOLEUM) 971020 19.48 08.05 27.53 96 06 28 90 406 CEMENT MASONS 971020 21.94 . . 407 ELECTRICIANS 971020 23.35 10.98 34.33 ' 980501 24.12 11.58 35.70 408 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS 971020 24.95 08.87 33.82 1 409 GLAZIERS 971020 20.56 07.64 28.20 ' 410 LATHERS 971020 20.50 08.79 29.29 411* GROUND PERSON 971020 15.23 05.46 20.69 412 IRONWORKERS 971020 24.20 07.34 31.54 413 LINEMAN FOR RATE CALL 612-296 -6452 69 83 29 414 MILLWRIGHT 971020 22.14 07. . ' 415 PAINTERS 971020 22.15 06.26 28.41 416* PILEDRIVER 971020 21.12 08.11 29.23 ' 417 PIPEFITTERS - STEAMFITTERS 971020 21.27 11.91 33.18 980501 22.40 11.91 34.31 ' 418 PLASTERERS 971020 22.80 06.59 29.39 COUNTY NUMBER: 19 COUNTY NAME: DAKOTA EFFECTIVE-DATE: 971020 CLASS: C LABOR CODE AND CLASS 419 PLUMBERS 420 ROOFER 421 SHEET METAL WORKERS 422 SPRINKLER FITTERS 423 TERRAZZO WORKERS 424 TILE SETTERS 425 DRYWALL TAPER 430 WIRING SYSTEM TECHNICIAN 431 WIRING SYSTEM INSTALLER 435 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKER 436* SIGN ERECTOR EFFECT BASIC DATE RATE 971020 21.83 971020 21.99 980501 22.99 971020 22.07 971020 24.39 980601 25.27 971020 20.42 971020 22.88 971020 22.15 971020 21.95 980301 22.72 971020 14.48 980301 14.99 971020 17.96 980501 18.91 971020 19.51 FRNGE RATE 09.50 06.27 06.27 10.36 09.82 10.07 08.05 00.12 06.26 04.55 04.55 03.89 03.89 04.67 04.67 02.85 TOTAL RATE 31-331, 28.26, 29.26 32.41 34.2 35.3 28.47 23.0 28.4 26.50 27.2 18.3 18.8 22.6 23.58 22.31 I 1 I I I I I F L? 1 1 I 1 1 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF THE WORK PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent Sections in Division One apply to the work of this Section. 1.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Project Name: Independent School District #191 - Loading Dock Upgrades, Burnsville, Minnesota B. Owner: Independent School District #191 100 River Ridge Court Burnsville, Minnesota 55337 C. Architect: Wold Architects and Engineers 6 West Fifth Street St. Paul, Minnesota 55102-1420 D. Civil Engineer: Anderson-Johnson Associates, Inc. Valley Square Office Center Suite 200 7575 Golden Valley Road Minneapolis, Minnesota 55427 1.03 SUMMARY OF THE WORK Briefly and without force and effect upon the Contract Documents, the Work of the Contract can be summarized as follows: A. Work under this Contract 1. Exterior and interior concrete work, tuckpointing, concrete patching, metal railing fabrication and installation and lawn repairs. B. Work to be performed subsequent to the Work under this Contract: 1. Carpet installation at John Metcalf Junior High School. 1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE A. Contractor is to visit site and be familiar with existing conditions. Contractor will be required to accept existing conditions on site prior to mobilizing. B. Confine operations at the site to the areas permitted under the Contract. Portions of the site beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting the work while engaged in project construction. C. Maintain adjacent public streets clear of automobile parking, equipment or material storage. Provide on-site locations for such parking and storage. 01010-1 No. 98037 D. Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave such vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in place. E. Do not allow construction waste and debris to accumulate; remove debris as it accumulates and, unless specified otherwise, dispose of legally off-site. F. Conform to City's noise control regulations, including limited hours of construction operations. 1.05 LAYING OUT WORK A. Locate all general reference points. Where dimensions or observed scope of work differ substantially from Drawings, notify Architect for decision. B. Lay out Work from the reference points furnished and be responsible for all lines, elevations, and measurements inside workspace. Exercise proper precaution to verify figures shown on Drawings before laying out work and will be held responsible for any error resulting from his failure to exercise such precaution. 1.06 JOB COORDINATION/SCHEDULING A. Start work immediately upon contract award by the Board of Education. Achieve Substantial Completion on or before August 14, 1998. B. The Contractor's access to and use of the site for completion of work shall be subject to the following: 1. No work may be done at the respective buildings while school is in session. The last day of school before Summer break is June 15, 1998. During the Summer break, school personnel will be on site from 6:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. which shall be considered the available hours of construction operations. a. Work in circulation areas must be managed to allow for continuous use of the facility. Provide dust control in these areas. The school will work summer school around other areas under construction. b. Maintain access, building utilities, and services to allow full and free use of the facility during this time. All temporary conditions, re-routing of services, utilities and/or power are the contractor's responsibility. c. Coordinate access and storage of materials and equipment with the Owner's designated building representative. To the fullest extent possible provide for normal school operation, and the safety of the students and staff. Work in areas that occur during evenings and weekends must be cleaned and available for use the following school day. d. Coordinate schedule with the Owner's designated building representative. C. Keep Architect fully informed about progress of the work, performance of the work and potential problems. D. Hire the services of a locator company to locate all privately owned utilities that may be disturbed by construction operations. E. The site will be open for inspections on May 27, 1998 from 2:30 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Interested contractors should meet at the Gideon Pond Elementary School loading dock area at 2:30 p.m. where a representative of the School District and the Architect's office will be present. Contractors are free to visit the other sites on this date at their own discretion. END OF SECTION 01010 01010-2 1 I i 1 1 I I 1 No. 98037 I I [1 I 1 SECTION 01025 CHANGE ORDERS 1.01 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Changes in the Project scope of work affecting the project cost can be made only through AIA Document G701 - Change Order. B. The procedures for processing changes in the scope of Work are listed as follows: The Architect prepares one of the following documents to modify the scope of work. a. Supplemental Instructions (SI) which are used for no cost changes. b. Proposal Request (PR) to be used for proposed changes that need written approval on cost prior to proceeding. C. Construction Change Directive AIA Document G714 (CCD) which is used when the work must proceed immediately and time and material cost submitted as soon as possible for review by the Architect. 2. The Contractor reviews and responds as follows: a. Supplemental Instructions (SI): This no cost change is to be carried out in accordance with the following modifications to the contract documents described herein. If this change effects cost, do not proceed with this change. Notify the Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt that an itemized (labor and material) quotation will be submitted within 21 days of initial receipt of this Supplemental Instruction. If a cost is not submitted within 21 days, this Supplemental Instruction will be accepted at no additional cost. b. Proposal Request (PR): Submit an itemized (labor and material) quotation for the proposed modifications to the contract documents as described herein within 21 days of receipt. If a cost is not submitted within 21 days, this Proposal Request can be accepted at no additional cost. Written approval is required prior to proceeding with this change. C. Construction Change Directive AIA Document G714 (CCD): Proceed immediately to carry out this change in the contract documents as described herein. If this revision effects cost, submit an itemized (labor and material) quotation within 21 days of receipt. If a cost is not submitted within 21 days this Change Directive will be accepted at no additional cost. 3. The Architect will review the Contractor's labor and material itemized quotation and respond in writing t whether it is acceptable or needs revision. When all pricing is accepted by the Architect and Owner, a Change Order will be processed. Change Orders will be processed at increments determined by the Architect throughout the construction schedule. C. See General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions of the Work for methods of determining cost or credit, mark-up and schedule on submitting claims. END OF SECTION 01025 I I 1 01025-1 No. 98037 ' SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING ` PART 1: GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Execute cutting, fitting or patching of Work, required to: 1 1. Make several parts fit properly. 2. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective Work. 4. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Install specified Work in existing construction. 6. Provide finished surfaces (to match adjacent existing surfaces) to fill in voids caused by removal or replacement of materials. B. Pay for costs caused by ill-timed or defective Work, or Work not conforming to Contract Documents, including costs for additional services of Architect/Engineer. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Replacement of Work Removed: Comply with specifications for type of Work to be done. B. Placement of Work to fill Voids caused by Removal: Comply with latest industry standards for type of Work to be done. PART 3: EXECUTION 1 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of Work, including elements subject to movement or damage during: 1. Cutting and patching. B. After uncovering Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products. 3.02 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING ' A. Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to maintain structural integrity of Project. B. Provide protection for other portions of Project. C. Provide protection from elements. 1 01045-1 No. 98037 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Neatly cut or demolish along straight, true, square lines. B. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other Work, and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs and new Work. C. Restore Work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide complete Work in accord with requirements of Contract Documents. D. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish. I . Continuous Surfaces: To nearest intersections. 2. Assembly: Entire refinishing. END OF SECTION 01045 01045-2 No.98037 I SECTION 01046 EXISTING UTILITIES L PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 NOTIFICATION A. The Contractor shall notify public utility companies and municipalities as to which of their properties (such as pole lines, conduits, gas pipes, water pipes, sewers and tile lines) must be removed or relocated to complete the work. This notice shall note the locations to where their properties could be relocated. However, no warranty is made or implied that the utility owners will remove or relocate their properties prior to commencement of construction operations or in sufficient time or manner to prevent interference with the Contractor's operations. B. The Contractor shall give notice to the owners of all known utilities at least 48 hours before starting any operations affecting those properties. If during the course of his operations, the Contractor discovers utility property whose existence was not known, he shall immediately notify the owner thereof and the Engineer. C. Construction operations adjacent to utility property shall not be commenced until arrangements satisfactory to the utility owner have been made for the protection of said property and continuation of service. Should any of the Contractor's equipment come in contact with or damage utility property in any way, even though there may be no apparent evidence of breakage or harm, the Contractor shall promptly notify the proper authorities and cooperate with them in determining damage and restoring interrupted services as may be needed. Where contact is made with a utility, operations shall be suspended immediately, and the area vacated, until it has been determined by the utility owner that it is safe to resume operations. 1.02 COMPENSATION A. It is understood and agreed that the Bidder has considered in his bid the relative locations of existing utilities, as shown on the Plans and that no additional compensation will be allowed for any delays, inconveniences or ' damages sustained due to interference which may result from those utilities or the operations of moving them. 1 B. If the Contractor is required to perform any special work or use special construction methods in prosecuting work adjacent to underground utility property whose existence was not indicated in the Contract, equitable compensation will be made for the additional costs incurred. 1.03 CARE AND RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall employ special equipment or construction methods (including hand labor, if necessary) to accomplish the work as planned adjacent to utility properties without damage thereto. At no time shall the ' Contractor interfere with any persons engaged in protecting or moving utility property or in the operation of the utility. B. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for reimbursing the utility owners for any damages caused to utility properties whose existence and approximate locations were made known to him before the damage was done. Nothing in this Section shall make the Contractor liable for damage to utility property located below the ground surface, in the absence of negligence, if the owner of the utility, after reasonable notice from the Contractor, fails to advise the Contractor of its location and approximate depth below the ground surface. I 01046-1 No. 98037 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01046 01046-2 No. 98037 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS I PART I: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Schedule and administer pre-construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work. ' I Notify Architect in advance . . 2. Prepare agenda for meetings. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. B. Representatives of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. C. Architect may attend meetings to ascertain that Work is expedited consistent with Contract Documents and the construction schedules. 1 0 2 PRE CONSTRU T . - C ION MEETING A. Schedule within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties, designated by Contractor. C. Attendance: I . Owner's representative i 2. Architect and his professional consultants 3. Resident Project representative ' 4. Contractor s superintendent 5. Major subcontractors 6. Major suppliers 7. Others as appropriate r 1 01200-1 No. 98037 D. Suggested Agenda: 1. Distribution and discussion of a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected construction schedules 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. Project coordination: Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and processing of., a. Field decisions b. Proposal Requests/Architectural Supplemental Instructions C. Submittals d. Change orders e. Applications for payment 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 8. Use of premise: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements 9. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids. 10. Temporary utilities. 11. Safety and first-aid procedures 12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings, as required. B. Hold called meetings as required by progress of the work. C. Location of the meetings: To be arranged at one of the respective sites. 01200-2 No. 98037 I D. Attendance: I . Architect and his professional consultants may attend as needed. 2. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda. 3. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda. 4. Others E. Suggested Agenda: l Review approval of minutes of revious meetin . , p g. 2. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 3. Field observations, problems, conflicts. 4. Problems which impede Construction Schedule. 5. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules. 6. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule. 7. Revisions to Construction Schedule. 8 Pl h d l d i . an progress, sc e u e, ur ng succeeding work period. 9. Coordination of schedules. 10. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required. L 11. Maintenance of quality standards. 12. Review proposed changes for: i a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date. 1 b. Effect on other contracts of the Project. 13. Other business END OF SECTION 01200 [1 I 01200-3 No. 98037 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1: GENERAL _ 1.01 DESCRIPTION i A. This Section defines procedures for the following submittals required by the Contract Documents. B. Provide submittals as noted in each Section. C. Allow for two weeks review of submittals to avoid delay of Work. D. Include with submittal preparation, field verifications of measurements, field construction criteria, verification of catalog numbers and similar data, and coordination of Work requirements and Contract Documents. E. Submit all color samples within 45 days of contract award for Architect's use in color selections. The Architect will not start the color schedule until all samples are received. PART 2: REQUIRED SUBMITTALS 2.01 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Article 4 of the General Conditions and the following. B. Prepare clearly identified shop drawings or schedules to this specific project, containing only data applicable. Include with the shop drawings or schedules a letter of transmittal listing and dating the submitted drawings in sets. C. Contractor to review all submittals prior to submittal to Architect, and indicate such review with a stamp and signature. Review submittals for conformance to Drawings, Specifications, coordination with other trades and adjacent construction and verification of field dimensions. Failure of Contractor to adequately review submittals shall be cause for rejection. . D. Prepare and furnish or cause to be prepared and furnished to Architect for review, all shop drawings. Submit shop drawings in the form of one reproducible transparency and one print of each shop drawing until final action is obtained. Provide each shop drawing with a clear space of approximately forty square inches for stamps, on the right hand side. After completion of reviewing, Architect or Engineer will return transparency to the Contractor. Correct original shop drawings of all transparencies returned "revise and resubmit" or "rejected" and make one new transparency and one new print. Resubmit until shop drawing is noted "No exception is taken". Print all transparencies returned "no exception taken" or "make corrections noted" in required quantity for field distribution. E. Transparencies will not be required of equipment brochures, cuts of fixtures, etc. Furnish such copies of standard manufactured items in the form of manufacturer's catalog sheets showing illustrated cuts of items to be furnished, scale details, sizes, dimensions, performance characteristics, capacities, wiring diagrams, in quantities of ten copies unless otherwise specified. Copies will be stamped, and three copies will be returned to the Contractor. If notations and marks indicate that revised information is required before shop fabrications (or other work represented) can I proceed, revised or corrected information I 1 013110-1 No. 98037 Unless otherwise specified, submit to the Architect's office samples of size, and nature representing typical qualities. Where required, submit a sufficient number of samples to demonstrate the complete range of variations of the material or quality. Written acceptance of the Architect is required prior to ordering any item for which samples are required. G. Submit samples to Architect's office, securely packaged, with the name of the Project clearly indicated on the package exterior. Each physical sample shall have a label or tag, firmly attached to the sample, bearing the following information: (a) Name of Project, (b) Name of Supplier, (c) Name of Contractor, and (d) Product information such as manufacturer's designation, finish, type, class, grade, etc. as is appropriate. 2.02 LIST OF MATERIALS A. Within 7 days after the award of the Contract (notice to proceed or letter of intent), submit 4 copies of a complete list of all material, products, and equipment proposed to be used in construction to the Architect for acceptance. Do not order materials until the proposed listed materials, products and equipment to be used in construction are accepted by the Architect. B. Where two or more makes or kinds of items are named addenda), the Contractor shall state which particular n Contractor fails to state a preference, the Owner shall without change in price. in the specifications (or additional names are called for in take or kind of each item he proposes to provide. If the have the right to select any of the makes or kinds named C. This list shall be arranged generally in order of specification sections. The items listed shall fully conform to project requirements and specifications. All materials are subject to the Architect's acceptance. After acceptance, changes or substitutions will not be permitted. D. Clearly identify or list the material, product or equipment by manufacturer and brand by listing the names for all items, including those where only one material or product is specified. Each and every material, product and equipment shall be specifically named, not listed "as specified". 2.03 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS A. Refer to the General Conditions. Propose use of subcontractors or sub-subcontractors who are established, reputable firms of recognized standing with a record of successful and satisfactory past performance. Include the following information: specification section, item of work, subcontractor or supplier, material/manufacturer (as specified will not be allowed), project manager, phone and facsimile numbers. List major sub-subcontractors for mechanical and electrical work. Use only those subcontractors (and sub-sub-contractors, when appropriate) who are acceptable to the Architect and Owner on the Work. 2.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Requirements Submit separate Schedule of Values for each building to Architect ten (10) days prior to first Application For Payment (AIA Form G702, G702a). 2. Use Schedule of Values only as basis for Contractor's Application For Payment. B. Form of Submittal Base format on Sections listed in Table of Contents and break down labor and material separately. Round off amounts to nearest ten dollars. 01300-2 No. 98037 I 2.05 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Refer to the General Conditions for submittal requirements. i END OF SECTION 01300 I I I r ,I 1 I i 1 I I 1 1 01300-3 No. 98037 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL I PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. The Contractor shall select, hire and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory(s) acceptable to the Owner and Architect to perform specified Source Quality Control and other tests and inspections called for in the Specifications. B. The Owner will select, hire, pay for services of an independent testing laboratory, to perform specified field Quality Control and other inspections, test of materials and construction called for in the Specifications. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR A. Be responsible for furnishing materials and construction in full conformance with Plans and Specifications. B. Pay for all tests, conducted by the testing laboratory that fail and also pay for all scheduled tests for which the pours are canceled and a test field crew is on site before that particular pour is canceled. 1.03 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR A. Contractor: Cooperate with the Laboratory, and: 1. Make available, without cost, samples of all materials to be tested in accordance with applicable standard specifications. 2. Furnish such nominal labor and working space as is necessary to obtain samples at the Project. ' 3. Advise Laboratory of the identity of material sources and instruct the suppliers to allow test or inspections by the Laboratory. 4. Notify Laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow completion of initial tests or inspections by the Laboratory. 1.04 REJECTION OF MATERIALSIINSTALLATION A. Laboratory: Notify the Owner, Architect Engineer and Contractor or his authorized representative of any rb materials or installation which are not in full conformance with the specifications. 1.05 FILING OF REPORTS A. Laboratory: File a copy of the inspection report with the Architect, appropriate Architects Consultant, Owner and Building Official. PART 2: PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) I 01400-1 No. 98037 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL SCOPE OF TESTING, INSPECTION A. Require laboratory to conduct tests and inspections as directed by the Owner, Architect or Engineer. B. Refer to individual specification sections for test requirements. 3.02 QUALIFICATION TESTING A. In addition to tests specified, if a product, material, or method of assembly that is of unknown or questionable quality to Architect, the Architect may require and order suitable tests to establish a basis for acceptance or rejection. Pay for these tests. "Standard" test reports or reports on "similar" material will not be accepted. 3.03 MISCELLANEOUS (REGULATORY) INSPECTIONS A. Should specifications, Architect's instructions, laws, ordinances or any public authority require any work to be inspected or approved, Contractor shall give timely notice of its readiness for inspection and a reasonable date fixed for such inspection. If any work should be covered up without approval or consent of approving agency, or Architect, it must be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 01400 01400-2 No.98037 1 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES I PART 1: GENERAL I 1.01 PAYMENT A. Pay for all costs associated with services and utilities through the date of Substantial Completion. B. Owner will assume utility costs after the date of Substantial Completion. 1.02 STORAGE SHEDS A. Provide and coordinate storage sheds as needs require. B. Upon completion of the work, remove all sheds and bring local site to specified condition. 1.03 HANDLING MATERIALS A. Be responsible for the proper care and protection of all materials, equipment, etc., delivered at the site. B. When any room in the building is used as a shop, store room, etc., be responsible for any repairs, patching, or cleaning arising from such use. C. Cover all materials affected by the weather and protect to keep them free from damage while they are being transported to the site and stored at the site. 1.04 TEMPORARY TOILET FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain in a clean and orderly manner. 1.05 TEMPORARY WATER A. Water is available on site. Contractor is to install appropriate bacldlow prevention on existing hose bib. 1.06 FENCES AND BARRICADES t A. Provide all fences and barricades and other safety appliances required to protect the work, the workmen, Owner's personnel, and the public from injury. Comply to the local requirements. 1.07 SECURITY A. Be responsible for protection of supplies, tools and other possessions and construction materials stored at the site. ' 1.08 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT A. Provide all tools and equipment on the job site in safe condition and in accordance with all Federal, State and Local laws, codes and regulations. 1.09 FIRST-AID FACILITIES A. Provide emergency first-aid facilities in accordance with all Federal, State and Local laws, statutes, ordinances, codes and regulations. 01500-1 No. 98037 1.10 TEMPORARY PARKING A. Coordinate on site parking location for workers and vehicles. B. Do not allow parking or equipment storage on public roads unless approved by local municipality. 1.11 DEWATERING A. Provide all pumping necessary to keep excavations and trenches free from water during the entire progress of this work. 1.12 LAWNS, TREES AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Be responsible for carefully supervising all work to prevent damage to lawns, trees and plants and to replace, or suitably repair, lawns (with sod), trees and plants which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION POWER A. Power is available on site. 1.14 SIGNAGE A. Furnish and maintain all informational signs required to maintain order, safety and health at the project site, such as "Parking", "Danger", "High Voltage" etc. B. No other signs will be permitted without approval by the Architect. END OF SECTION 01500 01500-2 No. 98037 SECTION 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS I PART I: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section defines procedures to be followed to gain acceptance of products in the Work which are not listed in the individual specification sections. A two step process is required. B. Requests for acceptance for bidding purposes of alternative manufacturers is encouraged except where specifically prohibited by this Project Manual. 1.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS NOT REQUIRING PRE-BID SUBMITTAL A. Where products are specified by reference standards, any product established by a material testing agency to meet these standards is acceptable. B. Where multiple manufacturers and associated models are specified, select any one named. C. Where manufacturer(s) alone are specified, select any manufacturer and the product recommended in writing by the manufacturer as most suited to the application shown on the Drawings and Specifications. D. Where the phrase "or equal" follows the name of a manufacturer, any product which meets the performance and appearance standards established by the specified manufacturer may be selected, subject to the Architect's acceptance. I 1.03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS REQUIRING PRE-BID SUBMITTALS A. Step One - Manufacturers Acceptance ddi i t onal 1. Individual specification sections may be amended by the Architect during the bid period to include a names of manufacturers determined to be capable of providing acceptable materials. 2. To propose the names of specific manufacturers, submit, or arrange for suppliers to submit, written requests to Architect or appropriate Architect's Consultant. Requests received ten (10) calendar days prior to bid date will be considered. S a. Provide sufficient review data. Include specified manufacturer's model numbers and proposed manufacturer's product literature, noting product numbers for proposed substitutions, and where 1 appropriate, samples and data relating to construction details. If the product is not identical to specified product, submit letter stating proposed manufacturer will custom make products to meet specified product. b. Architect's acceptance is based upon his determination that a manufacturer is capable of supplying acceptable materials. Approval is not assured or implied for a specific material, item of equipment, color or finish. c. Official notification will be by addendum to the Contract Documents. However, in addition, if letters of request are delivered in duplicate with accompanying stamped self addressed envelopes, copies may be returned with Architect's decision in advance. [l J 1 01630-1 No.9803' B. Step Two - Product Acceptance I. Upon award of a construction contract, accepted manufacturers may submit for review to the Architect through the General Contractor, specific products, materials or equipment items as substitutes for those specified. General contractor to provide letter stating they will reimburse Architect to review substitutions. 2. Architect will review substitute products for performance, appearance, color, finish, size and suitability for inclusion in the work. If a substitute product is not accepted, submit another product by the same or other accepted manufacturer or provide the specified product. 3. Match specified colors and dimensions exactly, whether or not they are standard with the substitute product, unless a minor variation is accepted by the Architect. 4. If a substitute product is accepted, coordinate any necessary changes in other related work and pay for these changes. Pay cost of architectural or engineering services, if any, required to incorporate substitute products in the Work. 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS BY CHANGE ORDER A substitution for a specified product may be permitted by "change order" at no additional cost to the Owner if product proposed is determined to be equivalent in performance and suitability, and if at least one of the following conditions apply: I . Owner is given a credit for the work. 2. Product is of superior quality than product specified. 3. Product color or finish selection is preferable. 4. Products specified and upon which building is designed have been discontinued by manufacturer. B. Provide Architect, through Owner, reasonable compensation for product evaluation. END OF SECTION 01630 01630-2 No. 98037 1 SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.01 GENERAL A. Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the Work. B. Related requirements in other parts of the Project Manual ' 1. Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional administrative requirements: Conditions of the Contract. C. Related requirements specified in other sections 1. Closeout Submittals Required: The respective sections of specifications. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ' A th t f n tr ction R f t G l C diti f th C t C . enera ons o or . e er o e on e on rac o s u B. When the Project is determined by the Architect to be sufficiently complete to permit utilization for the intended use, the Architect will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. To receive the Certificate of Substantial Completion, perform the following: ll l t b i b y comp e e. stant a e su 1. Submit to the Architect a notice declaring that work is believed to 2. Submit a list of work items that remain to be completed or corrected and the date this work will be accomplished. 3. Obtain Occupancy certificate when required from governing municipality. 4. Submit a signed document from a Registered Land Surveyor certifying that completed contours meet the requirements of the drawings. letion of Substantial Com tifi f C t f i ill i i h l h D. p . ssuance o er ca e or a Architect w v t t e project to eva uate t e request s 1. If the Architect concurs that the Project is substantially complete, the Architect will deliver a Certificate of Substantial Completion and a list of work items necessary for completion or correction prior to request for inspection for final completion. ' 2. If the Architect determines that the work is not substantially complete, the Architect will deliver to the Contractor a written statement including reasons. 3. Complete work on the items required by the Architect for achieving substantial completion and make additional written requests for issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion until the Architect determines that sufficient Work has been performed. 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION A. When the Work is considered complete, submit written certification that: 1 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. I 01700-1 No.98037 I 2. Work has been completed and inspected by the Contractor for compliance with Contract Documents and is ready for final inspection. 1 B. Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should Architect consider that the Work is incomplete or defective: 1. Architect will notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to Architect that the Work is complete. 3. Architect will reinspect the Work. D. When the Architect finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he will request preparation of closeout submittals. 1.04 REINSPECTION FEES A. Should Architect perform reinspections due to failure of the Work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor: 1. Owner will compensate Architect for such additional services. 2. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT A. When the Architect has determined that the Construction Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, prepare and submit final Application for Payment to the Architect together with the following: 1. A letter recommending acceptance of the Project and indicating all punch list items are complete. 2. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, AIA Document G706, with bonds for any exceptions. 3. Tax Administration Form 134, indicating compliance with M. S. A. 290.92 relative to tax withholding. 4. Consent of surety to final payment on Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment, AIA Document G707. 5. Contractors Affidavit of Release of Liens, AIA Document G706A. 6. Project Record Documents, if required. 7. Warranties and Bonds. B. Submit one original and one copy for Items Al through A7. 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to Architect. 01700-2 No. 98037 I i I I I I I r I I I I B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: I . The original Contract Sum. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders b. Allowances C. Unit Prices d. Deductions for uncorrected Work C. Penalties and Bonuses f Deductions for liquidated damages g. Deductions for reinspection payments and costs incurred by Architect or Architect's Consultants if project is not closed out within sixty (60) days of Substantial Completion. h. Other adjustments 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 4. Previous payments. 5. Sum remaining due. C. Architect will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sums which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract. END OF SECTION 01700 1 01700-3 No. 98037 i SECTION 01710 CLEANING ' PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Cleaning required for specified work is specified in sections pertaining to that work. ' PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Oversee cleaning and ensure that project area is maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. d i l bbi h B. a s, ru s an At weekly intervals during progress of work, clean up site and access and dispose of waste mater debris resulting from their work. C. Do not allow waste material, rubbish and debris to accumulate and become an unsightly or hazardous condition. D. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris form the site and legally dispose of at public or private dumping areas off the Owner's property. E. Lower waste materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. F. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. G. Where Contractor has periodic access to ancillary spaces occupied by Owner, thoroughly clean after each use, so as to not disrupt Owner's ongoing operations. H. Failure to maintain a clean construction area will result in the Owner cleaning the site and back-charging the Contractor. I I 01710-1 No.98037 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. B. At completion of construction and just prior to acceptance or occupancy, conduct a final inspection of exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from interior and exterior surfaces. D. Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. E. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. F. Maintain cleaning until the Building or portion thereof, is occupied by the Owner. END OF SECTION 01710 01710-2 No. 98037 1 SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ' 1.01 GENERAL A. Fully cooperate with the Architect to accomplish the following. B. These requirements supplement the requirements set forth in the General Conditions. C. Maintain one record copy, as applicable, of: 1. Drawings and Details with addenda marked in. 2. Specifications with addenda marked in. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Architect/Engineer Supplemental Instructions, Proposal Requests or written instructions. 6. Approved shop drawings, product data and samples. 7. Field test records. 8. Shop drawings, product data and samples: Section 01300. CORD DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES 1.0 2 MAINTENANCE OF RE A. Store record documents and samples in Contractor's field office in files and racks. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with the Construction Specifications Institute MASTERFORMAT. f d C. or ocuments Maintain record documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record construction purposes. D. Make record documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Architect or Owner. 1.03 RECORDING A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters. B. Continuously record information and changes. C. Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction. 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. I 01720-1 No. 98037 I 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 6. Details not on original contract drawings. D. Specifications and Addenda - Legibly mark each Section to record: I. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each Product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. Deliver Record Documents to the Owner at contract close-out. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: I. Date 2. Project title 3. Title and number of each Record Document END OF SECTION 01720 01720-2 No. 98037 SECTION 01730 OPERATING, MAINTENANCE AND WARRANTY DATA 1 1.01 GENERAL A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. B. Prepare operating, maintenance and warranty data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent section of Project Manual. C. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. D. Related requirements specified in other sections: 1. Shop drawings, product data and samples: Section 01300. ' 2. Project Closeout: Section 01700. 3. Project Record Documents: Section 01720. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel with the following qualifications: I . Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of the described products. 2. Completely familiar with requirements of this Section. 3. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as a draftsman competent to prepare required drawings. 1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by the Owner's personnel. 1 B. Format shall conform to the following: I . Size: 8V4" x I I". 2. Paper: 20 pound minimum, white, for typed pages. I 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 4. Drawings ' a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages. I 1 01730-1 No. 98037 5. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. a. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. 6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING, MAINTENANCE AND WARRANTY INSTRUCTIONS". List: a. Title of Project b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. C. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. C. Binders 1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic cover. 2. Maximum ring size: 2 inch. 3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 1.04 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Arrange neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, in the following systematic order. I . Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of. a. Contractor or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. C. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. e. Include warranty information as specified. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols such as set in Contract Documents. B. Product Data I. Include onl} those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identity the specific product or part installed. 01730-2 No. 98037 C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition ' c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective section of the Project Manual. 1.05 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit one copy of completed data in final form within thirty days of substantial completion. Copy will be returned with comments. B. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form ten (10) days after comments are received. END OF SECTION 01730 I I 1 I 1 i I I i 1 1 01730-3 No. 98037 SECTION 02050 SITE DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. ' 02 1 SUMMARY . A. Section Includes: Include labor, materials, equipment, and accessories to provide removal operations as follows: 1. Provide removal of curb and gutter, walks, pavements, and vegetation, which are in the path of proposed improvements. ' 1.03 SITE CONDITIONS A. Protection of Persons: Install barricades as part of this work and post with warning lights. ' B Bench Marks and Monuments: Maintain bench marks and monuments existing on site . . C. Protection of Existing Property to Remain: Protect existing plants, equipment, pavements, curbing, facilities, utilities, and structures which are in area where work will be performed and which are to remain. Repair or replace existing property which is to remain that is damaged by the work, to Owner's satisfaction and at no additional cost to the Owner. PART2-PRODUCTS ' Not Used I PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING AND REMOVAL A. General: Those structures and facilities that are to be removed or relocated are generally indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of off site all structures except for that which is permitted to remain upon determination being made by the Engineer, that their existence does not interfere with, endanger, or detract from the new construction in any way. B. Visit the site prior to bidding; be familiar with actual conditions in the field. Extra compensation will not be allowed for conditions which could have been determined or anticipated by examination of the site, the Contract Drawings and the information available, utilities, and other site characteristics. C. Removal Operations: All removal operations that may endanger new construction shall be completed prior to construction of affected work. ' 02050-1 No. 98037 D. Compliance with Instructions, Ordinances and State Laws: The Contractor shall comply with all instructions and ' ordinances of the State of Minnesota, and all counties and municipalities regarding disposals, signs, advertising, traffic corners, danger signals, barricades, fire protection, and all safety laws, ordinances and rulings. E. Disposal of Materials and Debris: All debris resulting from the removal and demolition operations shall be , disposed of by the Contractor subject to any specific regulations imposed by laws, ordinances, orders and decrees. Removal of Existing Pavements: where a portion of an existing pavement is to be retained for use, that portion shall not be damaged during removal operations. In removing concrete and bituminous pavements, sidewalks, curbs and similar structures, where the cut will be exposed in the finished work, the structure shall, unless the removal is made to an existing joint and unless determining otherwise by the Engineer, be sawed along the , removal lines with a concrete saw to a depth of not less than 1/3 the thickness of the concrete or bituminous before breaking off the concrete or bituminous. In such cases, the use of wedges, driven into the saw cut to break off the portion to be removed, will not be permitted. Elsewhere, the structure shall be cut and chipped to true lines and vertical faces. G. Removal of Existing Structures: The Contractor shall remove and dispose of, off site, all structures except for that which is specified to be removed by others or which are permitted to remain upon determination being made by the , Engineer that their existence does not interfere with, endanger, or detract from the new construction in any way. Removal of buildings includes complete removal of footings, foundation walls and floor slabs. END OF SECTION 02050 , I 1 I 02050-2 No. 98037 SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION I PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY ' A. This Section requires the selective removal of the following: 1. Portions of existing building indicated on drawings and as required, to be removed and disposed of off site, ' to accommodate new construction. 2. Removal and protection of existing fixtures, materials, and equipment items indicated "salvage." ' B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Remodeling construction work and patching are included within the respective sections of specifications. C. Related work by others: 1. Removal of fixed lecture seating. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Owner's Representative for review prior to start of work. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services as ' required, together with details for dust and noise control. 1. Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on- site operations. 2. Coordinate with Owner's continuing occupation of portions of existing building and with Owner's partial occupancy of completed new construction areas. C. Photographs of existing conditions of structure surfaces, equipment, and adjacent improvements that might be misconstrued as damage related to removal operations. File with Owner's Representative prior to start of work. i l i D. s to le mater a Product data and Material Safety Data Sheets for any hazardous, highly odoriferous, or high volat be used, along with procedure and safeguards to be followed during the use of each. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Occupancy: Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owner's normal h ' at s Representative of demolition activities t operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner will affect Owner's normal operations. 02070-1 N0.98037 I B. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner insofar as practicable. However, minor variations within structure may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of selective demolition work. C. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted. D. Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to protect Owner's personnel, students and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. 1. Coordinate protective measures with those to be performed or constructed for asbestos abatement work. Avoid duplication of work where practical. 2. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and general public to occupied portions of building. 3. Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished and adjacent facilities or work to remain. 5. Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and which becomes exposed during demolition operations. 6. Protect floors with suitable coverings when necessary. 7. Construct temporary insulated dustproof partitions where required to separate auras where noisy, dirty or dusty operations are performed. Construct. partitions out of metal stud, poly and gypsum board and provide dustproof doors and security locks. 8. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces and installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building. E. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work. F. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. G. Flame Cutting: Do not use cutting torches for removal until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, flame cutting will not be allowed. Maintain portable fire suppression devices during flame- cutting operations. H. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during demolition operations. 02070-2 No. 98037 I n iJ i I I L I I 1. Do not interrupt utilities serving occupied or used facilities or spaces, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner. 2. Maintain fire protection services during selective demolition operations 3. Maintain HVAC functions in occupied spaces, in so far as possible. Provide temporary heating and ' ventilation as required to maintain acceptable working conditions. Do not interrupt functions to occupied spaces, except as shown on the demolition plans or when authorized in writing by the Owner. ' I. Environmental Controls: Use temporary enclosures, and other methods to limit dust and dirt migration. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. 1. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution, or damage to finishes or occupied spaces. J. Do not use highly odoriferous, hazardous or highly volatile chemicals during demolition without the approval of ' the Owner. Provide appropriate safeguards during the use of such approved materials. K. Lead Containing Materials: The existing building may contain lead containing materials, including lead paint. It is the Contractor's responsibility to meet all governmental regulations when dealing with and disposing of lead containing materials. PART 2: PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. General: Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of areas to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain ' 1. Cease operations and notify Architect immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. 2. Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures from soilage or damage when demolition work is performed in areas where such items have not been removed. 3. Erect and maintain dust-proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to ' occupied portions of the building. a. Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, construct dust-proof partitions of minimum 3-5/8" metal studs inch studs, 5/8-inch drywall (joints taped) on occupied side, 1/2-inch fire-retardant plywood on demolition side. Fill partition cavity with insulation. Provide lockable dustproof doors. b. Provide similar weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from or immediately adjacent to demolition work. I 02070-3 No. 98037 4. Locate, identify, stub off, and disconnect utility services that are not indicated to remain. , a. Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner if shutdown of service is necessary during changeover. , 5. Asbestos containing materials shall be removed only by a licensed asbestos abatement contractor. In the event that asbestos containing materials are encountered during the demolition process, implement the ' following procedures: a. If the material is not disturbed, stop work in the immediate area and notify the Owner who will arrange for abatement of the material. b. If the material has been disturbed by demolition operations, or is otherwise loose or damaged, evacuate the immediate area and restrict access to all personnel. Shut off or isolate HVAC to the area. Notify , the Owner and do not re-enter space until abatement is complete and permission has been received. c. Rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without undue ' delay. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. General: Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations. 1. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction , to remain using power-driven masonry saw or hand tools. 2. For interior slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or , partitions. Use power saw where possible. 3. Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. Use compacted backfill as specified in Section 02200. ' 4. Provide for effective air and water pollution controls as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. ' B. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to Architect in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from Architect, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without undue delay. ' C. If carpet to be removed is glue applied over vinyl asbestos tile. Use power carpet stripper or other device known to remove carpet with minimal damage to or loosening of, underlying tile. D. Leave all surfaces and work ready and acceptable to the next trade. Use only materials and techniques that are acceptable to subsequent trades to remove materials from surfaces to remain. , 1. Remove adhesive and other materials where wall and floor coverings are removed. 2. Patch or repair demolition in excess of that shown on drawings. , 3.03 SALVAGED MATERIALS " " A. Salvaged Items: Where indicated on Drawings as , carefully remove indicated items, clean and store. Salvage 020704 No. 98037 ' 1. Furniture/building contents, not scheduled for reuse, remain property of Owner. Notify Architect if such items are encountered and obtain approval regarding method of removal and salvage for the Owner. 2. Store salvaged items to be reused off the ground in a clean, dry location, away from uncured concrete or ' masonry. Cover with waterproof material in a manner that permits air circulation within covering. 3. For items to be reused, inventory, label with previous location and new location. 3.04 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove from building site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations. Transport and legally dispose of off site. 1. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, ' laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. ' 2. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site. 3.05 CLEANUP AND REPAIR A. General: Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment, and demolished materials from site. Leave interior areas broom clean. ' 1. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start operations. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. 2. Remove protection when no longer required by demolition and remodeling work. I END OF SECTION 02070 1 I 02070-5 No. 98037 1 SECTION 02071 CONCRETE REMOVAL AND SURFACE PREPARATION FOR REPAIRS I PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. Work includes providing all items, articles and materials listed, mentioned or scheduled on the Drawings or herein, including all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary and required to perform all concrete removals and surface preparation for concrete repairs. ' B. In general, the Work includes the following: 1. Partial depth removals on the top side of slabs. ' 2. Preparation at wall repair locations. ' C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. Section 03735 - Dry-Pack Concrete.. ' PART 2: MATERIALS 2.01 CORROSION PROTECTIVE COATING FOR EXISTING MILD STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. All exposed existing mild steel reinforcement shall be coated using one of the following: 1. "Armatec 110", by Sika Corporation. 2. "EMACO P22", by Master Builders. ' PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall inspect and sound the areas involved to determine the extent of work involved and shall ' outline the limits of work involved using a marking crayon, paint or other suitable materials as provided by the Contractor. I 02071-1 No. 98037 3.02 CONCRETE REMOVAL - GENERAL A. All unsound concrete in the repair areas shall be removed down to sound concrete on the drawings. B. Removal of concrete shall extend 2"-4" beyond the outer boundary of unsound concrete unless otherwise specified , herein or detailed on the Drawings. C. Concrete shall be removed completely around exposed reinforcing steel to provide a minimum of 3/4" clearance ' from the in place concrete. If sound concrete is reached beyond the mid-point of the exposed reinforcing bar, it is not necessary to extend concrete removal around bar unless directed by Architect. D. The repair area shall generally be rectangular shaped in plan view and exhibit a generally uniform depth. , E. The edges of the repair area shall be perpendicular or slightly undercut. This shall be accomplished by sawcutting or chipping hammers. Provide minimum of 1/4" deep vertical edge. During sawcutting, exercise caution to avoid ' s damaging existing reinforcement near the surface of the concrete. Any such damage caused by the Contractor ' work shall be repaired by him at no cost to the Owner. F. If rust is present on the exposed reinforcement where it joins the sound concrete, then additional concrete removal ' may be required as directed by the Architect. G. During the removal process, the Contractor shall exercise care to avoid cracking and otherwise damaging surrounding sound concrete and reinforcement. Any such damage caused by the Contractor's work shall be , repaired by him at no cost to the Owner. H. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing all debris from the jobsite. He shall comply with all regulations , and local building codes required to legally dispose of said materials. 3.03 CONCRETE REMOVAL - JACKHAMMERS ' A. Jackhammers used in the general removal of deteriorated and unsound concrete shall not exceed a 30 lb. Rating. B. Removal of concrete around and beneath exposed reinforcement and at the repair edges shall be performed using ' chipping hammers not in excess of a 15 lb. Rating. C. All hammers shall be equipped with chisel point bits with a minimum width of 1". , 3.04 CONCRETE REMOVAL INSPECTION A. Following the removal of deteriorated and unsound concrete and prior to final cleaning, the Architect shall inspect , the repair areas for compliance with the requirements specified herein. If any unsatisfactory conditions exist, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections. ' 3.05 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Following the concrete removal operation, the repair area shall be thoroughly cleaned by sandblasting or wet , sandblasting to accomplish all of the following: 1. Removal of any remaining loose or unsound concrete and all dirt and other contaminants which may impair , the bonding of the repair material or coatings. 2. Removal of all rust, scale and concrete from exposed reinforcing steel. B. Final cleaning shall be performed just prior to placing the repair material using clean water. , 02071-2 No.98037 , ' 3.06 REINFORCEMENT IN REPAIR AREAS A. Immediately following the cleaning of the repair area by sandblasting all exposed existing reinforcing steel shall be coated using an approved corrosion protective coating applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall exercise care so as to avoid spilling of the coating on the surrounding concrete surfaces. ' B. Reinforcing steel exposed during the preparation of repair areas which has lost 20% or more of its original diameter due to corrosion shall be supplemented with additional reinforcement of equal size. The supplemental reinforcing steel shall be furnished in accordance with Section 03200 of the specifications. Secure the new reinforcement to the existing reinforcement with wire ties or approved anchors. Supplemental reinforcing steel ' shall be installed with a Class "B" splice in accordance with ACI 318 beyond the damaged area of the existing reinforcing steel. The following is a summary of the required splice lengths. ' BAR SIZE SPLICE LENGTH. IN. #4 18" #5 23" ' #6 28" C. Loose reinforcement exposed during the operation of repair areas shall be securely anchored by tying-off to existing bonded reinforcement or by tying-off to drilled-in anchors using nylon-, epoxy-, or plastic-coated tie wire. END OF SECTION 02071 1 [_1 J I 02071-3 No. 98037 SECTION 02525 CONCRETE WALKS ' PART I - GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY ' A. Section Includes: Include labor, materials, equipment, and accessories to provide the following work: 1. Provide cast-in-place concrete for concrete walks. 2. Provide expansion joint material. 3. Provide formwork for cast-in-place concrete. 4. Provide sand base. PART 2-PRODUCTS ' 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS ' A. Walks: Mix number 3A-32, Mn/DOT 2461. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS ' A. Curing Material (at concrete surfaces): 1. Liquid membrane, resin rubber copolymer meeting ASTM C309, Type 1, Class A. Do not apply to the interface of channels to be caulked. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers - No Substitutes: ' a. Rez-Seal by the Euclid Chemical Co. b. MB429 by Master Builders ' c. Sonneborn Kure-N-Seal d. Dekote by W. R. Grace Co. e. Maxiseal by Set Products I. J22 Acrylic Cure by Dayton Superior ' g. Prokrete Cure-N-Seal 30 3. Do not use curing material less than one month before first anticipated major snowfall (3" or more) ' B. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded steel fabric, ASTM A185, 6x6 - 10/10 C. Sand Base: Free draining, uniformly graded sand or gravel with less than 5 percent passing the #200 sieve. D. Air entraining mixtures: Mn/DOT 3113- E, Preformed expansion joint fillers: Mn/DOT 3702. F Memb i d M /DOT 3754 T 2 hi i d . rane cur ng compoun : n , ype , w te p gmente . G. Concrete treating-oil: Mn/DOT 3917. [] 02525-1 No. 98037 H. Form coating material: Mn/DOT 3902. PART3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF FORMWORK A. Inspection: Examine subgrade and conditions under which concrete formwork is to be performed. B. Correction of Deficiencies: Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Formwork Design Requirements: Design, support, brace, and maintain formwork to safely support loads that will be applied. D. Form Construction: Construct forms in accordance with ACI 301, to the sizes, lines, and dimensions shown and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, and grades. Level and plumb work in finished structures. 3.02 PREPARATION BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE A. General Requirements: Before concrete placement, formwork shall be completed, reinforcement shall be secured in place, and embedded items shall be positioned. B. Cleaning Equipment: Remove hardened concrete and foreign materials from inner surfaces of conveying equipment. C. Cleaning Forms: Remove ice, water, wire, and other debris from forms and excavations before placing concrete D. Preparation of Subgrades: Sprinkle semiporous subgrades sufficiently to eliminate suction just prior to placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen ground. 3.03 CONVEYING CONCRETE A. General Requirements: Handle concrete from mixer to place of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods which shall prevent segregation or loss of ingredients and in a manner which shall ensure that concrete quality is maintained. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Placing Exterior Walks: 1. Reinforcing: Provide welded wire fabric in walks wider than 6 feet or as otherwise required on drawings. 2. Slab Thickness: 4 inches, unless otherwise noted. 3. Control Joints: Provide tooled control joints at maximum 6-foot centers, unless noted otherwise. 4. Expansion Joints: Provide a'fe -inch thick expansion joint in sidewalks at intervals a maximum of 60 feet in length of run and between sidewalks and curbs. Provide expansion joints between exterior concrete walks and building stoops. 3.05 CONSOLIDATING CONCRETE A. General Requirements: Consolidate concrete by vibrating, spading, melding or forking so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, around embedded items, and into corners of forms to eliminate air or stone pockets which may cause honeycombing, pitting or planes of weakness. 02525-2 No. 98037 I 1 3.06 FINISHING CONCRETE ' A. Exterior Walks: Level concrete after striking off with template or straightedge. After water sheen has left surface, float and follow with a light trowel finish. Give surface a broom finish by using a coarse broom across direction of traffic. Care shall be taken not to bring an excess of water and fine sand to surface. Round surface edges and edges adjacent to cut joints and expansion joints to a 1/4-inch radius. 1 3.07 CURING CONCRETE ' A. Curing Procedure: Cure concrete by liquid curing compound. B. Backfill Construction: As soon as possible without subjecting the concrete work to damaging stresses, the required 1 backfill or embankment construction shall be completed to the elevations indicated on the Drawings, using selected materials from the excavations where no other material is provided for in the Contract. All surplus material shall be disposed of by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 02525 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 11 [1 1 02525-3 No. 98037 1 SECTION 02800 SITE IMPROVEMENTS I PART 1: GENERAL ' 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY ' A. Work includes: Fencing where shown on Drawings. B. Related work specified in other sections: ' 1. Concrete for supports - Section 03300. 2. Bollards - Section 05500. ' 1 03 SUBMITTALS . A. Submit cut sheets on fence fabric material. 1.04 REFERENCES ' A. Comply with "Uniform Traffic Control Device Manual". B. Comply with Minnesota "Summary Standard Signs Manual". ' C. Comply with MnDOT 3352. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver equipment to the site until time of scheduled installation. I PART 2: PRODUCTS ' 2.01 FENCING A. Fabric: The fence fabric shall be aluminum coated (0.40 oz/sf) 9 gauge, 2 inch mesh, steel wire conforming to ASTM A-491. B. Line Post: ' 1. For fabric heights up to and including 4 feet in height, the line post to be 2" O.D. Schedule 40 galvanized pipe 2.72 lbs/ft. ' 2. For fabric heights 4 feet and up to 12 feet the line post to be 2'/2" O.D. Schedule 40 galvanized pipe 3.65 lbs./ft. I 02800-1 No. 98037 C. Top Rail: 1. Top rail to be 1-5/8" O.D. Schedule 40 galvanized pipe 2.27 lbs./ft D. End, Corner and Pull Posts: ' 1. For fabric heights up to and including 4 feet in height to be 2%" O.D. Schedule 40 galvanized pipe 3.65 lbs./ft. ' 2. For fabric heights over 4 feet but less than 12 feet in height to be 3" O.D. Schedule 40 galvanized pipe 5.79 lbs./ft. 3. For fabric heights over 12 feet in height to be 4" O.D. Schedule 40 galvanized pipe 9.10 lbs./ft. , E. Fittings: All fittings shall be galvanized pressed steel or malleable iron. , F. Tie Wires: Ties shall be 9 gauge aluminum. G. Braces: , 1. Horizontal and diagonal braces shall be installed on all fences with a fabric height of more than 6 feet which does not have a center rail. ' 2. Shall consist of a horizontal rail of the same specifications as the top rail, and a 3/8" diagonal truss rod. H. Bottom and Center Rail: ' I. Rails to be 1-5/8" O.D. galvanized Schedule 40 2.27 lbs./h. , 1. Bottom Tension Wire: 7 gauge coil spring 0.40 oz./sf. PART 3: EXECUTION , 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that sidewalks are completed to the level necessary for installing equipment. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL t A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's current printed instructions in locations shown on the Drawings. , 3.03 FENCING A. Post Setting: ' 1. End, comer, pull and gate posts to be set 36 inches into a 12 inch diameter concrete footing. 2. Line posts to be set 36 inches into a 9 inch diameter footing or as shown on the Drawings. ' 3. Spacing of posts to be a maximum of 10 feet on center. 02800-2 No. 98037 1 1 1 t B. Stretching: 1. Fabric, tension wire (if specified) to be stretched to proper tension between terminal posts and securely fastened to the framework. C. General: I. Fence installation to be in a workmanlike manner by skilled installers experienced in chain link fence installation. 2. Lines and grades to be provided by the Owner or his/her representative. 3. Upon completion of the installation, all debris created by the installation to be removed or disposed of END OF SECTION 02800 02800-3 No. 98037 11 SECTION 02934 SODDING 1 1 I 1 1 7J I PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Include labor, materials, equipment, and accessories to provide the following Work: 1. Provide fetish grading and topsoil spreading for turf areas. 2. Provide fine grading and soil preparation for lawn planting by tilling, removing extraneous matter, and bringing soil to a smooth grade. Areas to receive lawn planting shall have a top soil cover and be brought to finish grade. 3. Provide maintenance and establishment of turf beginning immediately after sodding. 4. Provide fertilizer prior to sodding, as specified. 5. Provide sodding of areas designated on Drawing to be sodded. 6. Provide restoration to existing lawn areas beyond construction limits which are damaged by work being performed under the Contract. Patching shall include proper preparation of underlying soils and providing new sod. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's Qualifications: Final preparation of earth and sodding work shall be performed by a single firm which specializes in landscape work. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage of Sod: Time delivery of sod to ensure that sod will be placed within 24 hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking of rolled strips. B. Delivery and Storage of Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at site. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GRASS MATERIALS A. Sod: 1. Class of Sod: Sod shall be nursery grown, cultured sod planted on cultivated agricultural land and grown specifically for sod purposes. Sod shall have been mowed regularly and carefully and otherwise maintained from planting to harvest to maintain reasonable quality and uniformity. 2. Composition: Sod shall be composed of not less than 60 percent Kentucky Bluegrass. 3. Mowing Height: Before stripping, sod shall be mowed uniformly at a height of 1 inch to 2 '/2 inches. 4. Thatch: Sod shall be relatively free of thatch, up to 'h-inch allowable (uncompressed). 5. Diseases, Nematodes, and Insects: Sod shall be reasonably free of diseases, nematodes, and soil-borne insects. 02934-1 No. 98037 I 6. Weeds: Sod shall be free of objectionable grassy and broad leaf weeds. B. Fertilizer: Commercial grade, uniform in composition, free-flowing material suitable for application with approved standard equipment. Deliver fertilizer in original, unopened containers, bearing manufacturer's guarantee, analysis, name and trademark. Fertilizer shall have a formula of 17-3-17 (17 percent Nitrogen, 3 percent Phosphate, 17 percent Potash). Fertilizer shall be formulated with a slow release sulphur coated Nitrogen and a slow release sulphur coated Potassium. Fertilizer to be applied prior to sod being laid. C. Topsoil: Topsoil shall be a fertile, friable, natural loam containing a liberal amount of humus and capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth. The pH value of the topsoil shall be between 5.5 and 7.5. Topsoil shall be obtained from naturally well-drained areas and shall be clean and reasonably free of subsoil, stones, clods of hard earth, plants or their roots and other extraneous matter. Topsoil obtained from stripping the site may be used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SODDING SCHEDULE u J 1 1 A. Sod all areas by September 1, 1998. Maintenance, including mowing and watering, shall continue until ' substantial completion. 3.02 FINISH GRADING OF TURF AREAS A. Spread topsoil material to a minimum depth of 6 inches (after compaction) over all turf areas within grading limits. Complete grading of site and bring entire site to finish elevations shown on drawings. If there is an excess of topsoil, use as subsoil beneath general turf areas. 1. General turf areas shall be bladed smooth with a road grader or similar equipment. B. Compaction: 1. Compact the subsoil and topsoil as necessary to prevent future settlement without inhibiting vertical drainage and subsequent turf establishment. 2. If over compaction occurs, the Contractor shall scarify the soil and reblade as required. Grade Tolerances are as follows: 1. General turf areas: Not more than 0.08' above or below finish grade elevations. 3.03 FINE GRADING A. Tilling and Fine Grading: Cultivate to bring soil to a uniformly friable condition with a smooth, even, well drained surface. Perform work only during periods when beneficial results are likely to be obtained. Smooth undulations and irregularities in surface prior to sodding. Reconstruct flooded, washed out, and damaged areas and re-established grades in accordance with Drawings. B. Clean-Up: Prior to sodding, clear surface of debris, roots, and other objects that would interfere with planting or maintenance operations. 3.04 LAYING SOD I I A. General Requirements: Before laying, correct soft spots and inequalities and remove foreign materials. Sod shall ' be laid with no voids and shall be well tamped or rolled and thoroughly watered. At completion of Work sod 02934-2 No. 98037 shall be true and finished grade, firm and even at all points. B. Fertilizing: Prior to sod being placed, apply 250 pounds of specified fertilizer per acre. ' 3.05 WATERING A. After sod has been laid, thoroughly soak sod immediately following placement and, thereafter, once per day, ' except when adequate rain may fall to make watering unnecessary. Begin watering sod the first day sod is laid and continue watering sod during sod laying period. Keep sod adequately watered until Substantial Completion. Unrooted drying sod will not be accepted. ' 3.06 MOWING L 0 1 1 11 1 1 I A. Mowing: 1. Frequent mowing of the grass will be critical to turf development. Proper mowing will contain early growth of ryegrass, allowing the slower germinating bluegrass to establish. The Contractor shall make weekly inspections of the turf growth to insure that proper mowing is being accomplished. 2. Cutting Height: When grass blades have reached a height of 3 to 4 inches, mow the new turf to a height of 2 'h-inches. This growth will consist primarily of quickly germinating ryegrass. Mowing shall only be done with a sharp mower. The second mowing shall be to 2 inches and the third to I 'h-inches, depending on weather conditions. Subsequent mowings shall be accomplished so as never to cut more than I inch from the grass blade during each cutting. It is anticipated that during the turf establishment period, mowing will be necessary every 5 to 6 days. 3. Mowing shall continue until Substantial Completion. Grass shall not be allowed to go into the winter dormant stage with a greater height than 2 inches. 3.07 CLEANING A. General Requirements: 1. At completion of work, clean up and remove from site surplus materials, roots, stones, and debris and leave area in a clean, neat condition. 2. Remove promptly soil and other extraneous material brought onto paved areas by work operations. Keep paved areas clean at all times. 3. Restore ground areas disturbed as a result of seeding operations to their original condition or to desired new appearance. 3.08 PROTECTION A. General Requirements: Protect lawn work and materials from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, and replace damaged lawn work. END OF SECTION 02934 1 02934-3 No. 98037 I 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: All formwork for cast in place concrete, including permanent formwork: ' 1. Design forms. ' 2. Furnish, install and prepare for concrete pour. 3. Strip and remove from site. ' B. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. C. Work installed by this Section, furnished by others: ' 1. Built-in anchors, inserts and bolts for connection of other materials. ' 2. Built-in sleeves, thimbles, dovetail slots. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall comply with the referenced specifications and codes. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The following specifications and standards are incorporated by reference. Materials and operations shall comply with requirements of latest issue of published reference. Where provisions of these Project Specifications are at ' variance with those reference specifications, the maximum criteria or requirements shall govern. 1. American Concrete Institute, ACI 301-89 - "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". t 2. American Concrete Institute, ACI 318-89 -'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 3. American Concrete Institute, ACI 347R-88 - "Guide to Formwork for Concrete", n I 03100-1 No. 98037 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. On delivery to job site, place materials protected from weather. B. Store materials above ground on framework or blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering providing for adequate air circulation or ventilation. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the furnishing and setting of all inserts. B. Notify other trades sufficiently in advance of setting formwork to allow for timely delivery of inserts. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE FORMS A. Except for metal forms, use new materials. Materials may be re-used during progress of the Work, provided they are completely cleaned and reconditioned, recoated for each use, and capable of producing formwork of the required quality. B. For footings and foundations, use metal forms or Douglas Fir boards or planks secured to wood or steel stakes, substantially constructed to shapes indicated and to support the required loads. C. For studs, wales, and supports, use Standard grade or better Douglas Fir, dimensions as required to support the loads but not less than 2" x 4". D. Wall Forms: 1. Exposed concrete surfaces: a. Use 3/4" minimum thickness Douglas Fir plywood, APA grade B/B, class I or II, exterior, sanded both sides, complying with PS-1. b. Seal edges and coat both faces with colorless coating which will not affect application of applied finishes. C. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 2. Concealed concrete surfaces: a. Use sound, clean plank, boards plywood or metal forms. E. Column and Pier Forms: 1. For square or rectangular columns, use 2" thick Douglas Fir planks or joists, surfaced one side and two edges, or use metal forms. 2. Construct column forms with tight joints and securely clamped together with steel clamps. 03100-2 I No. 98037 i 1 1 I P 17, I Use reusable metal curb forms standard to local authority. G. Do not use earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces, except as noted herein. H. Permanent metal floor forms: Wheeling Superbond 150, Type 20, galvanized or equal. 2.02 FORM TIES A. Provide factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal. B. Provide ties so that portion remaining within concrete after removal of exterior parts is at least 3.8 cm (1-1l2") from the outer concrete surface. Provide form ties which will not leave a hole larger than 2.5 cm (1") diameter in the concrete surface. C. Hold inner and outer forms for vertical concrete together with combination steel ties and spreaders accepted by the Architect. Richmond Screw Anchor Co. Con-Right Tyscru Ties, or equal. 1. Space ties symmetrically in tiers and rows, each tier plumb from top to bottom and each row level. Receive tie spacing acceptance by the Architect. 2. At horizontal pour lines, locate ties not more than 6" below the pour lines. Tighten after concrete has set and before the next pour is made. 2.03 FORM COATINGS A. Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede the wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds. B. Form releasing agent equal to W. R. Grace "Formshield", L & M Construction Chemicals "Debond", or equal. 2.04 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. General: 1. Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork so it will safely support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied, until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. 2. Carry vertical and lateral loads to ground by formwork system and in-place construction that has attained adequate strength for that purpose. 1 I i 11 3. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. 4. Design forms and falsework to include assumed values of live load, dead load, weight of moving equipment operated on the formwork, concrete mix, height of concrete drop, vibrator frequency, ambient temperature, foundation pressures, stresses, lateral stability, and other factors pertinent to safety of the structure during construction. 5. Provide shores and struts with positive means of adjustment capable of taking up formwork settlement during concrete placing operations, using wedges or jacks or a combination thereof. 6. Provide trussed supports when adequate foundations for shores and struts cannot be secured. 03100-3 No. 98037 7. Support form materials by structural members spaced sufficiently close to prevent objectionable deflection. 8. Provide camber in formwork as required for anticipated deflections due to weight and pressures of fresh concrete and construction loads. 9. Fit forms placed in successive units for continuous surfaces to accurate alignment, free from irregularities, and within the allowable tolerances. 10. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints, and provide backup material at joints as required to prevent leakage and prevent fins. 2.05 EARTH FORMS A. Side forms for footings may be omitted, and concrete may be placed directly against excavation, only when requested by the Contractor and accepted by the Architect. B. When omission of forts is accepted, provide additional concrete 2" on each side of the minimum design profiles and dimensions shown on the Drawings. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 CONCRETE FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION A. Construct forms to shapes, lines and dimensions called for on drawings, true to line, plumb and level with joints mortar tight. Provide proper bracing and supports of sufficient strength to carry, without appreciable deflection and with absolute safety, the dead load of concrete as a liquid together with live loads of men, equipment and materials. B. Provide sufficient forms so that work can be carried out without delay. Build forms of materials of sufficient strength to hold concrete without bulging or sagging between supports. For concrete to be exposed to the weather, glue or seal the edges to prevent loss. C. Securely place in forms all accessories specified and shown on the drawings. This includes anchor bolts, anchoring items, reglets, guards, curb angles, dock nosings, etc. Cooperate with all trades for installation of inserts. D. Provide openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, reglets, sleeves, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages, inserts and other features required. E. Corer Treatment: Unless shown otherwise, form chamfers with 2 cm x 2 cm (314" x 3/4") strips, accurately formed and surfaced to produce uniformly straight lines and tight edge joints on exposed concrete. Extend terminal edges to required linut and miter chamfer strips at changes in direction. F. Edge Forms and Screeds: Set edge forms and screeds accurately to produce the designed elevations, slopes in the finished surfaces. Provide required slope to drains. G. Cleaning and Coating: Sweep, clean and coat forms before reinforcing is placed. H. Coat form contact surfaces with form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with surfaces which will be bonded to fresh concrete. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Wetting Forms: In hot weather, wet down forms with hose immediately before placing concrete. 031004 No. 98037 3.02 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beams, soffits, slabs and other structural elements may not be removed in less than 7 days, and not until concrete has attained 75% of design minimum 28 day compressive ' strength. Re-shore members required to support superimposed loads until concrete has attained its specified 28 day strength. Determine potential compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing field-cured specimens representative of the concrete location or members, as specified in other Sections. S. Formwork not supporting concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operation, and provided that curing and protection operations are maintained. C. Form facing material may be removed four days after placement, only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. ' 3.03 RE-USE OF FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re-used in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material are not acceptable. Apply new form coating compound material to concrete contact surfaces as specified for new formwork. When forms are reused for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Special Structural Testing and Inspection. 1. The Owner will employ a Special Inspector for the following inspections: a. Verify formwork for all concrete requiring Special Inspection per Section 03200 will result in member size, location, and configuration as described on the contract documents, only as it affects the structural integrity of the concrete elements to be placed. ' END OF SECTION 03100 5 LI 1 n I Lj 03100-5 No. 98037 I LJ I I LJ I I I LJ I I I I I I I SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: All steel reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete. B. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Concrete Formwork - Section 03100. 2. Cast-In-Place Concrete - Section 03300. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The following specifications and standards are incorporated by reference. Materials and operations shall comply with requirements of latest issue of published reference. Where provisions of these Project Specifications are at variance with those reference specifications, the maximum criteria or requirements shall govern. 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CRSI MSP-1-85, "Manual of Standard Practice". 2. American Concrete Institute ACI 315-80 (Rev. 1986), "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement". 3. American Concrete Institute ACI 318-89, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 4. American Concrete Institute ACI 301-89, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 5. ASTM A185-90a, "Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement". 6. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.4-79 "Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel". 7. ASTM A615-92b, "Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". 8. ASTM A706-92b, "Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Work shall comply with the referenced standards and codes. A. Submit fabrication and placement drawings in accordance with Section 01300. B. Indicate reinforcing size, length, bending details, spacing and method of supporting reinforcing. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver reinforcement to the job site in bundles marked with metal tags indicating bar size and length, and store free of ground. Protect from damage and rusting. 03200-1 No. 98037 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Standard Bars: New Billet stock, deformed, ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed or as shown on the drawings. Free of mill scale, excessive rust, or other coating that would prohibit proper bond with concrete. B. Column Ties and Beam Stirrups: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed. C. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, unless otherwise noted, provide 6x6 - W IA x W IA fabric in all slabs on grade. D. Supports and Accessories: Conform to ACI 315. Where concrete surface is exposed to view or weather, or to be painted, use plastic supports. Complement the various conditions encountered with various types of individual and continuous slab bolsters and chairs. E. Fiber Reinforcing: 100% Virgin polypropylene, manufacturer to conform to ASTM C116. Fibermesh or approved equal. Acceptable in topping at the rate of 1.5#/cubic yard as a substitution to W WF. 2.02 DETAILING A. Detail concrete reinforcement in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318. B. Include all spacers, chairs, ties, slab bolsters, clips, chair bars, and other devices for properly assembling, placing spacing, supporting, and fastening the reinforcement. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate to size, dimension and shape shown on approved shop drawings and within tolerances specified in ACI 301 and in accord with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. B. After fabrication, sort, bundle, and metal tag reinforcement before delivery to the job site. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT A. Place concrete reinforcement in accordance with the approved placing drawings, and CRSI 63 (Reinforcing Bars), and CRSI 65 (Bar Supports), and in accordance with tolerances specified in ACI 301. B. Place only reinforcement that is free of excessive mill scale, excessive rust, or other coating that would prohibit proper bond with the concrete. C. Support reinforcement and guard against displacement during concreting. Do not allow supports to puncture or tear moisture barrier. D. Continue reinforcement through construction joints but do not continue reinforcement through expansion joints unless so detailed. E. Move within allowable tolerances to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduits or embedded items. F. Do not heat, bend or cut bars without approval of Architect. 03200-2 I No. 98037 1 I 1 G. Tie securely or use splice devices to prevent displacement of splices during concrete placement. H. Support and wire together reinforcing to prevent displacement by construction loads and placing of concrete. Welding of cross bars is not permitted for assembly of reinforcement. On grade, supporting concrete brick may be ' used. Over formwork use approved bar chairs and spacers. 1. Unless approved by the Architect, do not bend reinforcement after being partially embedded in hardened concrete. J. Show lap and spacing of reinforcing on shop drawings. K. Embed conduit and pipes after placing reinforcing steel in a manner that will not impair the strength of construction. Do not embed conduit and pipes larger in outside diameter than one-third thickness of slab, wall or beam, nor space closer than 3 diameters o.c. without approval of the Architect. For conduit or pipe which parallels principal reinforcement maintain 1-1/2" clear from reinforcing. 3.02 CONCRETE COVER A. For minimum concrete protection over reinforcement see ACI 318 Chapter 7 and as detailed on the Drawings. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner will employ a Special Inspector for the following inspections: 1) Inspect reinforcement in all cast in place concrete, excluding slabs on grade, footings without transverse 1 reinforcement, and topping slabs. Qualifications: Structural I. Verify the following: a.) Reinforcing bar grade. ' b.) Reinforcing bars are free of oil, dirt, excessive rust, and damage. c.) Reinforcing bars are adequately tied, chaired, and supported to prevent displacement during concrete placement. d.) Proper clear distances between bars and to surfaces of concrete. e.) Reinforcing bar size and placement. f.) Bar laps for proper length and stagger, g.) Bar bends for minimum diameter, slope and length. h.) Mechanical splices are placed in accordance with the plans, specifications and reviewed shop drawings. END OF SECTION 03200 1 `l L i I 1 03200-3 No. 98037 Cl I I LJ I I P I I [1 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract, pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications, and related notes on the Structural Drawings apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Section includes: All Cast-In-Place concrete work, including floor slabs, topping, aprons, and steps. B. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Sand Cushion - Section 02200. 2. Concrete plazas and sidewalks - Section 02525. 3. Concrete formwork - Section 03100. 4. Concrete reinforcement - Section 03200. 5. Grout - Section 03600. 6. Masonry grout - Section 04200. 7. Applicable sections - Furnishing of items to be imbedded in concrete. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The following specifications and standards are incorporated by reference. Materials and operations shall comply with requirements of latest issue of published reference. Where provisions of these Project Specifications are at variance with those reference specifications, the maximum criteria or requirements shall govern. 1. American Concrete Institute, ACI 301-89 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. American Concrete Institute, ACI 306R-88, "Cold Weather Concreting". 3. American Concrete Institute, ACI 305R-89 "Hot Weather Concreting". 4. American Concrete Institute, ACI 318-89 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 5. Portland Cement Association, "Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures". 6. America Concrete Institute, ACI 308-81 (Rev. 1986), "Standard Practice for Curing Concrete". 7. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 309R-87, "Guide for Consolidation of Concrete". 8. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 304R-89, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete". 9. ASTM C31-91, "Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field". 03300-1 No. 98037 11 10. ASTM C33-90, "Concrete Aggregates". 11. ASTM C39-86, "Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens". 12. ASTM C94-92, "Ready-Mixed Concrete". 13. ASTM C136-84a, "Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate". 14. ASTM C143-90a, "Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete". 15. ASTM C150-92, "Portland Cement". 16. ASTM C171-91, "Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete". 17. ASTM C231-916b, "Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method". 18. ASTM C260-86, "Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete". 19. ASTM C309-91, "Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete". 20. ASTM C330-89, "Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete". 21. ASTM C494-92, "Chemical Admixtures for Concrete". 22. ASTM C567-91, "Unit Weight of Structural Lightweight Concrete". 23. ASTM C618-92a, "Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete". 24. ASTM C881-90, "Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete". 25. ASTM C1107-91a, "Packaged, Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-Shrink)". 26. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) "Quality Control Manual". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor to employ and pay for the services of an independent testing agency acceptable to the Owner and Architect to perform Source Quality Control and specified portion of Field Quality Control. B. Work shall comply with the referenced specifications and codes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Concrete mix designs. B. Source quality control documentation. C. Cold weather concreting procedures. D. Technical data sheets for admixtures, accelerators, mixing agents, etc. E. Submit drawings showing locations of control joints and construction joints for interior building slabs noting scheduled floor finishes. 03300-2 1 No. 98037 F. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Concrete: Ready-mixed per ASTM C94. 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, use only one brand of cement throughout the work. Be responsible for whatever steps are necessary to insure that no visual variations in color will result in exposed concrete, and place on order a sufficient quantity of this cement to complete the concrete work. 2. Aggregates: ASTM C33, normal weight. ASTM C330, lightweight. 1 a. Maximum sizes: Footings 1-1/2" Topping 3/8" All other concrete 3/4" 3. Water: Clean, free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies or organic materials, potable. 4. Admixtures: a. Water Reducing Agent: ASTM C494 when accepted by the Architect, free of chloride. b. Air Entraining Agent: ASTM C260. Use in all concrete exposed to weather as a supplement, as required, to produce a total air entrainment as specified in Table 4.1.1 of ACI 318 for severe exposure. c. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Type C. Substitution for portland cement shall not exceed 20% by weight of cement. d. High-Range Water Reducing Agent (superplasticizer): ASTM 0494, Type F or G when accepted by the Architect, free of chlorides. e. Do not use admixtures to cause accelerated or retarded setting of cement in concrete without written approval of the Architect. f, Premix admixtures in solution form and dispensed as recommended by the manufacturer. Include the water in the solution in the computation of water-cement ratio. 5. Grout: Pre-mixed, non-shrinking, non-metallic. ' 2.02 CONCRETE RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion Joint Filler: Pre-formed, non-extruding type, ASTM C1751. B. Expansion Joint Cap: Brock White No. 38315 or equal. C. Interior Gyring Compound: Sonneborn "Kure and Seal W", equivalent products by Euclid Chemical Co., L & M Chemicals, Inc. or Masterbuilders. D. Curing Compound for use with hardener: Sonneborn "Kure n Harden", or equivalent products by L & M Construction Chemicals, Masterbuilders or Euclid Chemical Company. I 03300-3 No. 98037 I E. Exterior Curing Compound: Exterior Concrete Work - Wax base membrane forming curing compound, conforming to ASTM C309-79, Type If, White Pigment such as W. R. Meadows WP-40 or similar products by ' Brock White, Prokrete Industries and Sonnebom. F. Moisture-Cover Curing (used when high performance coatings are scheduled): Waterproof paper complying with ASTM C171, opaque polyethylene sheeting complying with AASHTO M171 or Burlene. G. Slab Joint Key: Pre-formed asphalt hardboard, Brock-White'/." or equivalent product by W.R. Meadows. H. Dovetail Slots: Dur-O-Wall D/A 100. 1. Non-Slip Aggregate: "Euco Non-Slip" by Euclid Chemical Company or equivalent product by A.C. Horn, L & M , Construction Chemicals. J. Waterstop Mastic: Brock White "Waterstop Plus" or equivalent product by American Colloid Company. K. Vapor Barrier and Sheathing Tape: 6 mil poly; 3M #8086 contractor sheathing tape. L. Insul #5 (under slab insulation): Extruded polystyrene 40 lbs./square inch as manufactured by U.C. Industries, Dow Chemical, Diversifoam Products, or Amoco Foam Products. M. Box Void Frames: Brock White or equal 6" deep carton forms. 2.03 CONCRETE MIXES A. Type and Strength: 1. Compressive Strength: In place, at 28 days, minimum as follows (unless indicated otherwise by structural drawings): Interior slabs on grade 3,500 psi Topping, footings, piers 3,000 psi All other concrete, including all concrete exposed to weather 4,000 psi 2. Following concrete types shall contain 5Yz%m7Yz% entrained air: a. Exterior sidewalks, aprons and slabs b. Semi-exterior slabs at overhead doors, loading dock, etc. c. Exterior walls, piers, columns, etc. B. Slump and Workability: 1. Slump: As determined by ASTM C143 as follows: Footing 3" - 4" Walls, columns 3" - 5" Slabs on grade 3"-4" Structural slabs, beams 3" - 4" 2. Determine slump prior to addition of superplasticizer. 3. Workability: So that concrete will completely 511 forms without voids and embed and bond to reinforcing t without separation of materials. 03300-4 No. 98037 C. Water/cement ratio shall be as follows: Footings less than 0.6 Slabs on Grade less than 0.5 Exterior Concrete less than 0.45 D. Mixing: Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. 1. Cooled or heated water shall be used in accordance with ACI 306 and 305. 2. Ready mixed concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in ' excess of rated capacities. Discharge at the site shall be within one (1) hour after charging. 3. Attention is called to the importance of scheduling and dispatching trucks from the hatching point so that they shall arrive at the site of the work just before the concrete is required, thus avoiding excessive mixing of concrete while waiting or delays in placing successive layers of concrete in the forms. 4. Air-entraining and chemical admixtures, if approved, shall be charged into mixer as a solution and ' dispensed by an automatic dispenser or similar metering device. Powdered admixtures shall be weighted or measured by volume as recommended by the manufacturer. 5. Two or more admixtures may be used in same concrete, provided such admixtures are added separately during batching sequence. Admixtures used in combination shall retain full efficiency and have no deleterious effect on concrete or on properties of each other. 6. Do not add water after the initial introduction of the mixing water for the batch, except at the start of discharge, when the measured slump of the concrete is less than that specified and no more than 60 minutes have elapsed from the time of batching to the start of discharge. In this case, water may be added by the producer in an amount not exceeding that allowed by the producer to achieve the design water/cement ratio. The drum blades shall then be turned an additional 30 revolutions minimum at mixing speed Water shall not be added to the batch at any later time. Concrete may be used as long as it is of such slump that it can be placed and properly consolidated without the addition of any other water to the batch, but in no case shall the ' time between hatching and complete discharge exceed 120 minutes. 7. Water may be added to the concrete at the Project site, subject to the following conditions: a. Ready-mix plant is notified and approves in writing. b. Truck tickets indicate maximum amount of water to be added. c. Water is added in a manner to control volume, d. Special Inspector is notified, if concrete placement requires inspection. Reject concrete if water is added and these conditions are not met. ' E. To use materials other than those accepted originally, or if the materials from the source originally accepted change in characteristics, make additional tests with proposed new materials which will verify production of ' concrete meeting with the stated requirements without causing objectionable change in the color or appearance of the structure. Pay the testing agency for these additional tests. Do not use concrete made from such different materials until the Architect has given his approval. ' F. If, during the progress of the work, it is impossible to secure concrete of the required workability and strength with the materials being furnished by the Vendor, the Architect may order such changes in the proportions or materials, or both, as may be necessary to secure the desired properties, subject to the stated requirements. Make any changes so ordered without extra compensation. I 03300-5 No. 98037 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Proportioning of Design Mixes 1. Prepare design mixes for each type and application of concrete required. Include in the mix design report project name, concrete supplier, contractor, number for strengths, compressive strength at 28 days, water- cement ratio, portion of structure, design temperature, product names, material types and source, aggregate analysis, proportions and slump. 2. Examine design reports and when satisfied that mix proportions will produce specified strength and requirements, sign reports and submit to Architect for approval at least 14 days prior to the proposed starting date for placing concrete. 3. Air-entraining admixtures, pozzolanic materials and proprietary chemical admixtures to be approved and in accordance with recommendation of the manufacturer. 4. Use accelerator, if approved, in proportions recommended by the manufacturer when the temperature of concrete as placed is less than 40F. 5. Water-reducing and set-controlling admixtures may be used in proportions recommended by the manufacturer when temperature of the concrete as placed exceeds 65F. 6. Select proportion of ingredients to produce proper placability, durability, strength and other required properties. 7. Design mix shall conform to procedures set forth in ACI 318 and 301 and in PCA's "Design and Control of ' Concrete Mixtures", twelfth edition. B. Aggregate 1. Test proposed aggregate according to ASTM C33 and C136. 2. Submit test reports for approval. 3. Utilize test data in proportion of design mixes. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 WEATHER PROTECTION A. Cold Weather: 1. Concrete placed during cold weather shall conform to the requirements of ACI 306.1. 2. Cold weather is defined as 3 or more successive days when the average daily outdoor temperature is less than 40°F. 3. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrades. 4. Record concrete temperatures at least 3 times in each 24-hour period. 03300-6 No. 98037 5. Maintain protection and leave forms in place for the entire curing period and as follows: a. Maintain protection for columns, walls, and supported slabs until at least 4 field cylinders, prepared and aired in accordance with ASTM C31, reach 85 percent of the specified 28-day strength, or laboratory aired cylinders reach the specified 28-day strength. 6. Submit detailed procedures for cold weather concreting. Review shall be for information only. ' 7. Follow recommended practices of ACI 306R. B. Hot Weather: 1. Apply recommendations of ACI 305. ' 2. Employ suitable means to prevent too rapid drying. Shade fresh concrete as soon as possible without marring surface. ' C. Wet Weather: Unless adequate protection is provided, do not place concrete in rein, sleet or snow. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Coordinate the installation of all required inserts prior placing reinforcing steel. B. Coordination with other Trades: 1. Include installation of anchors, sleeves, tiles, angles, etc., furnished by contractors responsible for the facilities to be attached to these devices. Leave openings for pipes, ducts, etc., required for the ventilation, heating, electrical and plumbing work. Provide concrete pads for outside pipes and utilities as required. ' Notify all trades concerned with sleeves, inserts, etc., to check their work before concrete is placed. 2. Embed no pipes other than electrical conduit and snow melting pipes in any structural concrete. Provide sleeves or holes for pipes passing through footings, foundations, beams and slabs. Refer to ACI 318-83. 3.03 INSPECTION ' A. Assure than excavation and form work are complete. Remove snow, ice and excess water. B. Check that reinforcement is secured in place. C. Verify that expansion joint material, anchors, and other embedded items are segued in position. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Placing Concrete: (ACI 304 "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete"). 1. Convey concrete from mixer to final position by method which will prevent separation or loss of material. 2. Maximum height of concrete free fall 48". 3. Regulate rate of placement so concrete remains plastic and flows into position. 4. Deposit concrete in continuous operation until panel or section is completed. ' S. Place concrete in horizontal layers 18 in. maximum thickness. 6. Do not vibrate forms or reinforcement. 1 03300-7 No. 98037 B. Consolidating Concrete: 1. Use mechanical vibrating equipment for consolidation. 2. Vertically insert and remove hand-held vibrators at points 18 in. to 30 in. apart. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete in forms. 4. Minimum vibrator speed 7,000 rpm. 5. Vibrate concrete minimum amount required for consolidation. C. Control/Construction Joints: 1. Provide in slabs and toppings as indicated in the Structural Notes. 2. For large areas, make alternate pours in a checkerboard pattern. Provide diamond- shaped pours at column base plates. 3. Clean and roughen surface of concrete, and remove laitance. 4. Wet concrete surface and flush with neat cement grout before placing additional concrete. 5. Pour interior slab on grade and topping tight to walls, without filler. Use kraft paper as a bond breaker. 6. Install expansion joint filler and cap between exterior concrete slabs and walls, interior slabs, or elsewhere shown on Drawings. 7. Provide in walls as indicated in the Structural Notes. D. Finishing: 1. Formed concrete: a. Tops of forms: 1) Strike concrete smooth at tops of forms. 2) Float to texture comparable to formed surfaces. b. Formed surfaces: (Concealed) 1) As-cast finish. 2) Patch tie holes and defects after form removal. 3) Remove fins from surfaces. C. Formed surfaces: (Exposed finish concrete): Same as b. above except provide rubbed finish per ACI 301. 2. Flatwork: a. General: 1) Strike and level concrete. 2) Do not work surface until ready for floating. 03300-8 No. 98037 I I I 7 b. Floated finish: Float per ACI 301. c. Troweled finish: 1) Power trowel surface to smooth finish. 2) Hand trowel areas inaccessible to power trowel. d. Broom or belt finish: Draw broom or burlap belt across surface after floating in accordance with P.C.A. instructions. e. Conform to ACI 301, Section 11.9, Class B tolerance. E. Finish Schedule 1. As-Cast Finish: Concealed walls, columns, beams, slabs. 2. Rubbed Finish: Exposed concrete - walls, columns, beams, and wall caps. 3. Float Finish: Slabs to receive topping or setting beds. 4. Troweled Finish: a. Interior concrete floors: Steel troweled finish b. Exposed concrete stair treads: Steel troweled finish with non-slip aggregate. 5. Broom Finish a. Exterior platforms, aprons, ramps, loading dock. 3.05 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Protect fresh concrete from premature drying and excessively hot or cold temperatures and maintain with minimal moisture loss at a relatively constant temperature above 55'F for a period of time given below. B. Follow finishing operations with initial curing. Keep concrete continuously moist after finishing until curing materials are applied. Use the following materials or methods: 1. For concrete to remain exposed (not scheduled for finish): Apply one coat of interior curing compound initially and an additional coat just prior to substantial completion. 2. For interior concrete to receive floor finish (except high performance coatings): Apply one coat of curing compound for use with hardener and apply hardener coat to concrete that is dry, clean, free of dirt, oil grease and cured for seven days. Apply coatings in strict accordance to manufacturers printed instructions. 3. For interior concrete to receive high performance coating or concrete floor sealer: Use moisture-cover curing technique. 4. For exterior or semi exterior concrete: Apply one coat of exterior curing compound in strict accordance with manufacturers printed instructions. After allowing concrete to cure for at least 28 days and insuring concrete is dry, clean, free of dirt, oil, grease, loose scale or other contaminates, apply two coats of linseed oil treatment in strict accordance to manufactures printed instructions. 03300-9 No. 98037 C. Continue curing until the cumulative number of days or fractions thereof, not necessarily consecutive, during which temperature of air in contact with concrete is above 50°F has totaled 7 days. Do not permit rapid ' drying at end of curing period. Maintain curing for members with specified strengths of 6000 psi and above until laboratory cylinders reach the 28-day specified strength. D. Keep steel forms heated by sun and wood forms in contact with concrete during final curing period wet. If forms r are to be removed during curing period, employ one of specified curing materials or methods immediately. E. When mean daily temperature of atmosphere is less than 50°F, maintain the temperature of concrete between ' 50°F and 60°F for curing period. Make the arrangements for heating, covering, insulating or housing concrete work in advance of placement and maintain required temperature and moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat. Vent all fuel-burning heaters. , F. During hot weather, make arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding or wet covering in advance of placement and take such protective measures as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. G. Changes in temperature of concrete shall be as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5°17 in any 1 hour or 50OF in any 24 hour period. ' 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Structural Testing and Inspection ' 1. The Owner will employ a Special Inspector for the following inspections: , a. Tests for cast in place concrete. Qualifications: Technical I. b. Prepare compression test specimens (ASTM C31), one set of four standard cylinders of concrete for , each compressive strength test. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured specimens. c. Perform compressive strength tests (ASTM C39). One set of four cylinders for each day's pour between , one and 25 cubic yards. If a day's pow exceeds 25 cubic yards, one set of four cylinders for each additional 50 cubic yards, or fraction thereof. One specimen tested at seven days, two at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. d. Slump (ASTM C143): one test at point of discharge for each set of compression test specimens; additional tests when concrete consistency appears to have changed. e. Air entrainment (ASTM C231): test the first batch of air entrained concrete and one additional test for , each set of compression test specimens. f Test concrete temperature hourly when air temperature is 40°F and below and when 807 and above; and each time is set of compression test specimens is made. 2. Perform concrete mix verification. Qualifications: Technical I. Verify the following: a. Mixer truck trip ticket conforms to approved mix design. b. Total water added to mix on site does not exceed that allowed by concrete mix design. , C. Concrete quality is indicative of adequate mixing time, consistency, and relevant time limits. d. Inspect preparation and placement of all concrete, excluding slabs on grade, strip footings without , transverse reinforcement, and topping slabs. Qualifications: Structural I. Verify the following: I 03300-10 No. 98037 I ' L) Acceptable general condition of concrete base prior to placement. 2.) Concrete conveyance and depositing avoids segregation and contamination. ' 3.) Concrete is properly consolidated. 4.) Reinforcement remains at proper location. C. Observe protection and curing methods for all concrete, excluding slabs on grade, strip footings without transverse reinforcement, and topping slabs. Qualifications: Structural I. Verity the following: ' 1.) Specified curing procedures are followed. 2.) Specified hot and cold weather procedures are followed. ' B. Conventional Testing and Inspection Requirements ' 1. The Owner will employ a testing agent to perform density test of lightweight concrete per ASTM C567. One test per lightweight pour. C. Contractor Requirements: ' 1. Provide services of an independent laboratory to perform the following: a. Make and test additional cylinders to determine time for form removal. b. Make and test additional cylinders to determine termination of curing procedures. ' c. Make and test additional cylinders to determine termination of cold weather practices. D. Evaluation of Concrete Strengths ' 1. The strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of test results equal or exceed the required strength and no individual strength test result falls below the required strength by more ' than 500 p.s.i. 2. Concrete in the area represented by the core tests will be considered structurally adequate if the average of the three cores is equal to at least 85 percent required strength, and if no single core is less than 75 percent of required strength. 3. If strength acceptance criteria are not met by the core tests, and if structural adequacy remains in doubt, the Architect may order load tests as outlined in ACI 318 for the questionable portion of the structure, or take other action appropriate to the circumstances. I END OF SECTION 03300 J I 03300-11 No. 98037 SECTION 03600 GROUT ' PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ' A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. Work includes: Furnishing and placing of grout for steel base plates, grout bedding for equipment, grout for anchor bolt settings, and all other grout not specified elsewhere. B. Related work specified in other sections: ' 1. Cast-in-place concrete - Section 03300. 2. Grout for filling cores in masonry - Section 04200. ' 3. Dry-Pack concrete - Section 03735 ' 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The following specifications and standards are incorporated by reference. Materials and operations shall comply with requirements of latest issue of published reference. Where provisions of these Project Specifications are at variance with those reference specifications, the maximum criteria or requirements shall govern. I. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (specific standards denoted in Part 2 of this section). 2. Corps of Engineers Specifications for Non-Shrink Grout - CRD C-621. ' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall comply with the referenced standards and codes. ' 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. ' B. Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets demonstrating compliance with the specifications. C. Submit copies of recent independent laboratory tests certifying technical compliance. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Grout may be job mixed or ready mixed. If job mixed, mix in a power operated machine until there is uniform distribution of materials and mixture is uniform in composition and consistency. Completely discharge each batch before mixture is recharged. ' B. Mix and deliver "ready-mixed" grout in accordance with ASTM C94. Place grout within one (1) hour of time mix is placed in truck. I 03600-1 No. 98037 C. Do not indiscriminately retemper or add water to increase slump after concrete is first mixed. D. Convey grout from mixer to place of final deposit by means which will prevent segregation or loss of material. Do not let grout fall freely more than four (4) feet. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Quality of manufacturers: The products named herein are specified to establish standards of quality and performance. The manufacturers approved for grout are U. S. Grout Corporation, Master Builders, Sonneborn, Euclid Chemical Company, W. R. Meadows, and L & M Construction Chemicals. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Equipment, Anchor Bolt and Base Plate Grouting: Non-metallic, non-staining, non-shrink cemetitious grout, ASTM C1107, Compressive strength shall be a minimum of 5000 p.s.i. at 28 days and a 1 day strength of 3000 p.s.i. B. Surface Repairs: For repair of concrete surfaces use the grout specified for equipment. Use an epoxy bonding compound to bond the repair grout to existing concrete. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Equipment and Base Plate Grouting: Proportion grout in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Remove all loose or foreign materials which would prevent bond between the grout and mating surfaces. Clean and thoroughly moisten surfaces prior to starting Work. Completely fill all recesses and assure grout material is in complete contact with all steel and concrete surfaces. B. Anchor Bolt Grouting: Drill or cast in the concrete holes at locations shown on the plans or shop drawings. Make size of holes at least 1/2" larger than the bolt or dowel to be grouted. Clean and wet holes. Remove all loose water from the holes, fill about two-thirds full with grout; rod thoroughly to remove any entrapped air, insert the bolt or dowel and secure in place by use of templates. END OF SECTION 03600 03600-2 No. 98037 t I I SECTION 03735 DRY-PACK CONCRETE PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Work includes: Providing all items, articles and materials listed, mentioned, or scheduled on the drawings or herein, including all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary and required for the preparation and application of dry-pack concrete materials at vertical and horizontal surface repairs on walls and slabs. B. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Section 02071 - Concrete Removal and Surface Preparation for Repairs. 2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. ' 1.03 REFERENCES A. The Contractor shall comply with the following codes, standards, and specifications except when more stringent requirements are detailed on the Drawings or specified herein: 1. "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, " ACT 301. ' 2. "Hot Weather Concreting," ACT 305R. 3. "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete," ACT 318. B. References are latest approved editions unless noted otherwise. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's complete technical data and installation instructions including all preparatory work requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. The Contractor shall use only qualified workmen thoroughly skilled in the techniques of dry-pack concrete repairs. B. All mixing and application of the repair materials shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written ' instructions. I 03735-1 No. 98037 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Dry-Pack Concrete: 1. The repair material shall be a modified polymer cementitious material which is available in factory- proportioned packaging. 2. The following materials are approved for this project: a. "Sika Top 123 Plus", by Sika Corp. b. "Vulkem 2302", by Mameco International, Inc. C, "EUCO Verticoat", by Euclid Chemical Company. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. The mixing equipment shall be approved by the material manufacturer. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Preparation of the repair areas shall be in accordance with Specification Section 02070. B. Install and prepare all reinforcement in accordance with Section 03200. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Mix and place the patch material in strict accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions. B. The repair area shall be washed with clean water and shall be kept damp for a minimum of one (1) hour before the patch is applied. Just prior to the application of the patch material all free water shall be blown off using oil- free compressed air. C. Just prior to installing the patch material, scrub mortar into the substrate to fill all pores. D. Install the patch material and thoroughly compact to produce a uniform dense surface. In deep repair areas, install patch material in lifts as recommended by the Manufacturer. E. Strike-off patch and finish to match the elevation and texture of the surrounding insitu concrete surfaces. F. Immediately following the final finishing, the patch shall be cured in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Architect may test cured patches for bonding following a 7 day curing period. Any debonded patches shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 03735 03735-2 I No. 98037 1 1 1 1 SECTION 04100 MORTAR PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Products famished but not installed under this Section: 1. Mortar for concrete unit masonry. 2. Mortar for tuckpointing and replacement of face brick. B. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Installation of mortar - Section 04200. 2. Grout for masonry - Section 04200. 1.03 A. The following specifications and standards are incorporated by reference. Materials and operations shall comply with requirement of latest issue of published reference. Where provisions of these Project Specifications are at variance with those reference specifications, the maximum criteria or requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM C 144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 2. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 3. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 4. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 5. ASTM C780 - Standard Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Design: Submit mix designs for each mortar type at least seven days prior to preparation of job mortar and delivery to the site. Include copies of test reports for aggregate and mortar strength. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's standard colors for preliminary selection. If requested, prepare and submit custom-mixed samples to match materials or colors as directed by the Architect. Prepare custom color samples using specified mix design; make 3/8" wide, tool concave smooth. Up to two different custom mortar colors may be selected for brick, in addition to standard grey mortar and colored pointing mortar. 04100-1 No. 98037 C. References: Submit copies of the listed reference specifications for review, to be maintained in the Contractor's field office. D. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Owner and Architect for performance of specified Source Quality Control. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. C. Aggregates: ASTM C144. D. Water: Clean, potable, free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies or organic materials. E. Antifreeze Compounds: Not allowed in mortar to lower freezing point. F. Mortar Colorant: Inert, sunfast, weather resistant, alkali resistant, water insoluble, free of deleterious fillers and extenders. By Solomon Grind-Chem Service, Inc., Euclid, Twin City Concrete Co., Tamms Industries Co. or Prism Pigments. 2.02 MEASURING AND MIXING A. Measure and mix in accordance with ASTM C270 and the following: 1. Mix mortar as required for immediate use only and discard any mixed for a period exceeding 2-1/2 hours. 2. Accurately maintain and control the specified proportions of the mortar materials during the entire progress of the work. 1 Thoroughly mix cementitious materials and aggregates with the amount of water to produce satisfactory workability. Machine mix all mortar. 4. Proportion colorant for mortar in accordance with printed instructions by pigment manufacturer to avoid reducing mortar properties, at a rate not to exceed 10 pounds per 94 pound bag of portland cement. 5. Mix pointing mortar with specified admixtures strictly according to manufacturer's printed instruction. 04100-2 No. 98037 P 1 1 L 11 LJ I 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test proposed aggregate for conformance to ASTM C144 and these specifications. B. Test each mortar mix design for water retentivity and compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C270. C. Mix mortar in the laboratory from representative samples of materials to be used in the Work, including selected colorants. Average compressive strength at 28 days shall be as follows: Mortar Type Compressive Strength Range M 2,500 psi - 3,000 psi S 1,800 psi - 2,200 psi N 750 psi - 1,100 psi D. Adjust mix design so as to achieve compatibility with brick to be supplied, considering initial rate of absorption of brick and water retentivity of mortar. E. Do not start masonry work until Architect has reviewed test reports and accepted mix design. F. Prepare and test new mix designs if mortar does not meet specifications or if, during the course of the Work, significant changes occur in aggregate or other materials. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. See Section 04200 for installation of mortar. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform the following: 1. Field test mortar for consistency and water content in accordance with ASTM C780. Make one test for each 2,500 square feet of wall area. 2. Test brick prisms constructed under Section 04200 for flexural bond strength in accordance with ASTM C1072. Make one test for each mortar/brick combination. 3. Provide test results to Architect for comparison with laboratory results. END OF SECTION 04100 04100-3 No. 98037 IJ CJ I SECTION 04520 TUCKPOINTING PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Extract sample of existing mortar to determine composition and color. 2. Removal of existing defective mortar joints. 3. Water cleaning of masonry prior to repointing. 4. Protection of adjacent surfaces, walkways, vehicles and people. 5. Repointing mortar joints ensuring joint profile matches adjacent wall construction. 6. Removal of debris and residue. 7. Final Cleaning. ' B. Related work specified in other sections: ' 1. 02070 - Selective Demolition 2. 04100 - Mortar t 3. 04150 - Masonry Accessories 4. 04525 - Chemical Cleaning 5. 07900 - Sealants and Caulking 1.03 A. The following specifications and standards are incorporated by reference. Materials and operations shall comply with requirement of latest issue of published reference. Where provisions of these Project Specifications are at variance with those reference specifications, the maximum criteria or requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM C 144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 2. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 3. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 4. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 04520-1 No. 98037 5. ASTM C780 - Standard Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. B. Contract shall meet the most current standards as set forth below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. BIA Technical Notes 20 Rev, "Cleaning Brick Masonry". 2. BIA Technical Notes 8 Rev, "Portland Cement - Lime Mortar for Brick Masonry". 3. BIA Technical Notes 8B, "Mortar for Brick Masonry - Selection and Controls". 4. When applicable, BIA Technical Notes IA Rev, "Cold Weather Masonry Construction - Construction and Protection". 5. ASTM Standard C780 for preconstmction and construction evaluation of mortars for non-reinforced masonry. 6. All applicable American Society for Testing and Materials regulations. 7. All other applicable regulations and standards where indicated by provisions of the Contract and Architect's direction. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Restoration Procedure: Submit written program for each phase of restoration process including protection of all surrounding materials on building and site during operations. Describe in detail, materials, methods and equipment to be used for each phase of restoration work. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical data as described below. Tests and compliance certification shall have been performed and presented by an independent testing laboratory and be less than one year old from the start date for the brick replacement phase of the project. 1. Mortar sand gradation and quality per ASTM C144 for each type of sand used within the mortars. I 11 1 I 2. Mortar Samples: Submit, for verification purposes and prior to sample panel erection, samples of all types of mortar materials, colors, chemical cleaning solvents, sealants, adhesives, anchors, etc., as outlined in the , Drawings and Provisions of the General Contract and subsequent conditions and specifications for approval by the Architect. 3. Mix Design: Submit mix designs for each mortar type at least seven days prior to preparation of job mortar ' and delivery to the site. Include copies of test reports for aggregate and mortar strengths. C. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings and data showing existing mortar joints and profile of special mortar ' joint strikers required to match existing historic joint profile for approval by the Architect. D. Shoring: Indicate details of all phases of masonry restoration, and supports for the work. Submit shop drawings , showing shoring and bracing and temporary or permanent support structures, sealed by Professional Engineer registered in the State of Minnesota if requested by Architect. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE , A. Contract Qualifications: Work shall be performed by a firm having not less than 5 years successful experience in comparable masonry restoration projects and employing personnel skilled in the restoration processes and ' operations indicated. Provide adequate references upon request of Architect. 04520-2 No.98037 1 1 1 B. Sample Panels 1. Prior to start of general tuckpointing operations, prepare two sample panels, 6'x6', where directed by the Architects; one panel shall demonstrate mortar joint removal, one panel shall demonstrate complete ' mckpointing. Architect's acceptance of the visual qualities must be obtained before proceeding with the work. 2. In the event of the Architect's rejection of a sample panel, the Contractor shall remove and place another panel for review by the Architect. This process shall continue until mortar removal procedures, mortar placing and final tooling and cleaning meet Architect's approval, at which time work may proceed. ' 3. Accepted sample panels shall be retained in an undisturbed condition, suitably marked, during construction as a standard for judging completed work. ' C. Methods of Testing (As it applies to other related work that may be indicated.) - The Contractor shall perform and pay for the following tests as directed by the Architect: ' 1. Compressive Strength: Compressive strength shall be determined in accordance with ASTM Standard C109. The mortar shall be composed of materials and proportions that are to be used in the construction with mixing water to produce a flow of 110-+5 percent. ' 2. Water Retention: Water retention shall be determined in accordance with ASTM Standard C91, except in laboratory conditions or where otherwise indicated. ' 3. Air Content: Air entrainment shall be determined in accordance with Specification C91 except where otherwise indicated. D. Mortar joints shall be deemed defective and shall be replaced if they are judged by the Architect to be loose, ' cracked, or deteriorated, miscolored, or otherwise poorly placed. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building whose masonry surfaces are being restored, protect building site and surrounding buildings from injury resulting from masonry restoration work. L Prevent damaging dust, debris, mortar and chemical cleaning solutions from coming into contact with pedestrians, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings and other surfaces which could be injured by such contact. ' 2. Dispose debris and run-off from cleaning operations by legal means and in manner which prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building ' interiors. 3. Erect temporary protection covers over pedestrian walkways and at points of entrance and exit for persons and vehicles which must remain in operation during course of masonry restoration work. 4. Protect sills, ledges and projections from mortar droppings by the use of plastic coverings, masking or other means, and remove protections upon completion of work. ' S. Protect roof membrane and flashings from damage. Lay plywood on roof surfaces over full extent of work area and traffic route. Rake back sharp rock or gravel roof ballast that may puncture roofing membrane in work area prior to installation of temporary plywood covering. Weight down plywood and other rooftop materials with sandbags sufficient to prevent wind forces from displacing them. B. Provide a quality control program which includes provisions for supervising performance and preventing damage due to worker fatigue. 04520-3 No. 98037 1 C. Do not lay masonry or stonework, repoint, caulk, wash down or wet surfaces when temperature may drop below 40°F within 24 hours. Follow cold weather procedures as set out in ANSI A41.1 when temperatures may drop below 40°F. D. Prevent mortar used in repointing and repair work from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces. Remove grout and mortar in contact with exposed masonry. 1.07 OWNER FURNISHES A. The Owner shall supply the Contractor with a point of water and supply for his hook-up. The Owner shall supply water and electrical power, without cost to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper hook-up and maintenance of temporary electrical connections. The Contractor shall locate sufficient electrical circuits, protected by circuit breakers, to be certain that system overload shall not occur by Contractor's equipment usage. The Contractor shall use only electrical equipment that is fused or protected by circuit breakers from Owner's electrical system. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Provide masonry and mortar conforming to the requirements indicated in the Drawings, specifications and provisions of the Contract, and as approved by the Architect. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be as specified below unless otherwise indicated. 1. Facing Brick: a. Quality: ASTM C216-85a, Grade SW. b. Manufacturer/Color: Sioux City Brick & Tile Co. - Gas Bum Matt 226-28. 2. Mortar Materials a. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I b. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. C. Aggregate: ASTMC144 d. Water: Clean, potable, free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, or organic materials. e. Antifreeze Compounds: Not allowed in mortar to lower freezing point. 3. Colorants a. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C144, unless otherwise indicated. 1) Nature or manufactured colored mortar aggregate selected to produce mortar color shall be used, if available and matches existing mortar. 2) Size, texture and gradation of existing mortar must be matched. 04520-4 ' No.98037 I 11 11 4. Admixtures a. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall be used in the mortar. b. No air-entraining admixtures or material containing air-entraining admixtures shall be used in mortar without prior approval of the Architect. c. No antifreeze compounds or other substances shall be added to mortar. d. Water must be clean and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis or organic materials. e. No admixtures shall be used without prior, written approval of the Architect. 5. Mixes 1 1 I a. Except as specified herein, mix in accordance with "property specifications" of ASTM C-250-71. 2.03 TUCKPOINTING ALLOWANCES A. Includes the following tuckpointing allowances for the following schools listed and for each type of tuckpointing method indicated. B. Solid Tuckpointing: Include 100% solid tuckpointing at all cracked or deteriorated mortar joints with 25% brick replacement (include bricks). School Area of Tuckpointine 1. New Hope Elementary School 750 square feet 2. Armstrong High School 1,500 square feet 3. Cavanagh Early Childhood Center 750 square feet C. Spot Tuckpointing: Include 15% of area requiring spot tuckpointing at all cracked or deteriorated mortar joints with 5% brick replacement (includes bricks). 11 1 I School Area of Tuckoointina 1. New Hope Elementary School 1,500 square feet 2. Armstrong High School 2,000 square feet 3. Cavanagh Early Childhood Center 1,500 square feet 2.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS A. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers and packaging, bearing labels as to type and names of products and manufacturers. B. Cementitious materials and aggregates shall be stored in a manner as to prevent deterioration or contaminations by foreign materials. C. Protect grout, mortar and other materials from deterioration by moisture and temperature. Store in a dry location or in waterproof containers. Keep containers tightly closed and away from open flames. Protect liquid components from freezing. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for minimum and maximum temperature requirements for storage. 04520-5 No. 98037 11 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Condition: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed. Notify the Architect, in writing, or conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Work shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable [[tanner. All phases of verification and preparation shall meet Architect's approval. The cutting out of joints shall be done in such manner as not to loosen adjacent joints or to damage the edges or corners of the masonry units. Where the mortar is tightly bonded at one side of the joint, and if the contour permits, cutting shall be done with portable electric grinders with abrasive wheels to minimize spalling at the edges of bricks. It is the Architect's prerogative to forbid the use of tools or methods which do not produce work of the quality that is expected, and to insist on the use of methods and tools which will do the work properly. 3.02 TUCKPOINTING METHODS A. Contractor may access the exterior building elevations by the use of electrically powered swing staging or scaffolding. All equipment shall be supplied by the Contractor. Comply with all OSHA standards and governmental regulations regarding erection, maintenance and usage of equipment. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Protect elements surrounding the work from damage or disfiguration. B. Carefully remove and store fixtures, fittings, finishing hardware and accessories. C. Close off, seal, mask, or board up windows and doorway areas and surfaces not receiving work as necessary to protect them from damage. Apply masking agent to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and use as directed from Architect's approval. D. Measurements of Materials: The method of measuring materials for the mortar used in construction shall be by either volume or weight, so that proportions of the mortar materials can be controlled and accurately maintained. E. Mixing Mortars: 1. Mix mortar as required for immediate use only and discard any mixed for a period exceeding 2-1/2 hours 2. Accurately maintain and control the specified proportions of the mortar materials during the entire progress of the work. 3. Thoroughly mix cementitious materials and aggregates with the amount of water to produce satisfactory workability. Machine mix all mortar. 4. Proportion colorant for mortar in accordance with printed instructions by pigment manufacturer to avoid reducing mortar properties, at a rate not to exceed 10 pounds per 94 pound bag of Portland cement. 3.04 REPOINTING EXISTING MASONRY AND STONEWORK A. All repointing work shall be performed in compliance with the Drawings, specifications, Contract conditions and match Architect's approved sample panel. Areas and elevations upon which tuckpointing is to be performed, are on the Drawings or noted herein. 04520-6 No. 98037 I ' B. Rake out deteriorated mortar from joints to a depth of 2 % times their widths but not less than %2" to expose sound, unweathered mortar. Remove mortar from surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals with square backs and to expose mortar bed surfaces of masonry or stonework for contact with pointing mortar. Power operated rotary hand saws and grinders may be used but only on specific written approval of Architect based on submission ' of satisfactory quality control program and demonstrated ability of operators to use power tools without damage to masonry by overcutting. Brush, air blast or flush joints to remove dust and loose mortar debris. C. Do not spall edges of masonry or stonework units or widen joints during mortar joint removal process. Contractor is responsible to replace brick units which become damaged during the joint removal process as directed by the Architect. ' D. Rinse masonry joint surfaces with water to remove any dust and mortar particles. Time application rinsing so that, at time of pointing, excess water has evaporated or run off, and joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water. ' E. Measure and dry mix the cementitious materials. The tuckpointing mortar should be pre-hydrated to reduce excessive shrinkage. The proper pre-hydration process shall be as follows: All dry ingredients should be ' thoroughly mixed. Only enough clean water should be added to the dry mix to produce a damp, workable consistency which will retain its shape when formed into a hall. The mortar should stand in this dampened condition for 1 to 1 %2 hours. F. Inspect weepholes to determine if they are clogged. Clean out clogged weepholes by probing within a thin wood dowel or stiff wire. If the weepholes were not properly spaced and new weepholes must be drilled, initiate corrective placement only upon Architect's approval. ' G. Tuckpoint Procedures: 1. Moisten existing bricks prior to installing new bricks. Surfaces shall be damp without standing water. ' f existin brick i tt di d g . ern o cours ng pa ng an 2. Replace removed brick with new brick to match bon 3. Leveling Layer: Apply pointing mortar in not greater than 318" layers to form uniform base depth ' throughout the mortar joint. Provide original joint profile at all exposed mortar joints. 4. Retempering shall be performed only upon approval of the Architect. Mortars that have stiffened because of t evaporation of water from the mortar shall be retempered by adding water as needed to restore the required consistency. Do not retemper mortar more than once. Discard mortar that is over 2%2 hours old. 5. Final tooling of mortar shall match the profile and appearance of original joints as approved by the ' Architect. ' H. Remove excess mortar from edge of joint by lightly brushing with natural bristle brushes. 1. Cure mortar by maintaining in a damp condition for 72 hours. Provide periodic mist spray directly to mortar joints and masonry. Take care not to wash out fresh mortar. ' n f excess mortar and forei f d g aces o masonry sur 1. After mortar has fully hardened thoroughly clean expose matter using stiff nylon or bristle brushes and clean water, spray applied at low pressure. Do not use metal ' scrapers or brushes. 3.05 AGING OF NEW MORTAR TO BLEND IN WITH APPEARANCE OF ADJACENT WORK A. Rug in or dust mortar joints, new brick masonry and stone work where deemed necessary by the Architect to match as closely as possible, after cleaning, adjacent original work. 04520-7 No. 98037 B. Use carbon black or other approved materials in small amounts, rubbing in well with burlap rags or medium bristle brush. C. After each application dust off surplus and wash down with medium pressure hose. Allow to dry thoroughly before proceeding with succeeding applications. D. Continue process until acceptance of visual appearance by Architect is obtained. 3.06 FINAL CLEANING A. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all debris generated as a result of his work on a daily basis. No accumulation is allowed in the sidewalk, ramp, etc. Debris shall be disposed of in a manner complying with municipal, state and any other applicable regulatory requirements. END OF SECTION 04520 04520-8 I No. 98037 I 1 I I 1 1 I SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: All labor, material necessary to complete all items of miscellaneous metal as listed on the schedule in Part 2 and shown on the Drawings. 1. Miscellaneous metal includes all the various metal items manufactured to more or less standard details in sizes conforming to specific requirements of the project. B. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Installation of loose lintels and other items embedded in concrete masonry - Section 03300 and 04200. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings required for all items. Show all work to be fabricated with all construction details shown in appropriate scale, methods of attachment to other materials, finished dimensions, shop welds and grinding of welds, field assembly joints, etc. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300. B. Coordinate work with other suppliers and subcontractors; obtain their approved shop drawing where necessary, or obtain any necessary additional detail information regarding mounting conditions or other aspects of related work. 1.04 PRODUCT PROTECTION A. Package, handle, deliver and store at the job site in a manner that will avoid damage or deformation. Damaged material will be rejected. B. Furnish items to be built into concrete, masonry, carpentry, etc. as the work progresses. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Verify dimensions in field, as required, for pre-cut or prefabricated items. B. Examine job conditions and adjoining construction which may affect the acceptability of the work. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 DESIGN A. All materials shall be free from defects impairing strength, durability, appearance, and of the best commercial quality for the purposes indicated. Structural properties shall be such to withstand safety all strains and stresses to which they will be normally subjected. 05500-1 No. 98037 2.02 MATERIALS A. Miscellaneous Steel: Mild Steel B. Structural Steel: ASTM A36. C. Fastenings: Bolts, welds, rivets or other fastenings as required. D. Anchor Bolts, Nuts: ASTM A307, Paragraph 1.3. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A120 or A-53. F. Carbon Steel: ASTM A-366 or A569. G. Shop Paint Primer: Manufacturer's standard rust inhibiting primer. H. Galvanizing: ASTM A123, Class B. 1. End Caps for Railings: R & B Wagner, Inc. Type "C". 7. Escutcheon for Handrail Supports: R & B Wagner, Inc., plain flange with set screw #1413, 3-5/8" diameter with %" diameter hole. K. Plaster Filler for Handrail Bracket: R & B Wagner, Inc., #3530 or #3530B for 1%2" OD pipe. L. Escutcheon for Guardrail: R & B Wagner, Inc., #637-10GA steel. 2.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FABRICATION A. Weld permanent connections wherever possible; use continuous welds where exposed and grind smooth, straighten members after welding. B. Do shop cutting, drilling, fitting wherever possible. Take field measurements before fabrication when required. C. Provide all supporting members, fasteners, framing, hangers, bracing, brackets, straps, bolts, angles, etc. required to set, conned the work rigidly and properly to other construction. D. Install welded end caps at all handrail terminations. 2.04 SHOP COATS PROTECTIVE TREATMENT A. Clean free of all mill scale, rust and foreign matter by wire brushing, scraping, sandblasting or flame cleaning. Remove grease, oil with solvent. Dust, dirt: Remove with air blast or brush. B. Apply one shop coat of specified primer to all ferrous metal products, except galvanized. Provide primer for field touch up. Be responsible for quality and adhesion of shop prime finish. C. Hot-dip galvanize all ferrous metal items exposed to weather in the finish work and shop prime with primer recommended for use on galvanized metal. 05500-2 No.98037 1 LJ 2.05 SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS A. Items listed in this Section are intended only as a guide, but this does not relieve responsibility for quantity and to include all similar items. Thoroughly examine all Drawings for items of miscellaneous metal fabrications. ' 1. Steel handrails and guardrails. 2. Curb angles at loading dock. t 3. Other miscellaneous metal items shown on Drawings. PART 3: EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Anchor to masonry with expansion or toggle bolts where built-in anchorage is not provided; do not fasten to wood ' plugs set in masonry. ' B. Vertical members set into concrete or masonry: As shown. l i C. . a Bolts, screws, etc., for field connections: Same material, finish as base mater ' 3.02 FIELD SPLICES, WELDS A. Continuously weld field splices and grind smooth where exposed to view. ' B. Fill exposed splice joints with body idler and sand smooth. C. Touch-up joints, welds with specified primer. END OF SECTION 05500 I 1 C I 05500-3 No. 98037 1 I PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOC SECTION 05800 EXPANSION CONTROL A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY ' A. Furnish and install expansion control materials shown on the drawings. 1.03 WORK SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS ' A. Firestopping - Section 07270. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300. I PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 1 A. Products by Balco Metalines, Inc. and Emseal Corporation are specified for aluminum closures. Similar products by Architectural Art Manufacturing, Inc. and MM Systems Corp., Metalines are acceptable. ' 2.02 ALUMINUM CLOSURES A. Floor: Balco Type 6FS-1 for exterior use. 2.03 EXPANSION JOINT GASKET A. Emseal therma-gutter with Santoprene bellows. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Apply shop coat of zinc chromate primer to metal surfaces which will be in contact with concrete or concrete block. I 1 I 05800-1 No. 98037 I I L I SECTION 07110 MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Rubberized asphalt sheet membrane waterproofing system between loading dock topping and tunnel structure below. ' 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The following standards and publications are applicable to the extent referenced in the text ' B. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): ' 1. C 177 Test for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate 2. D 146 Sampling and Testing Felted and Woven Fabrics Saturated with Bituminous Substances for Use in Waterproofing and Roofing t 3. D 412 Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension 4. D 570 Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics 5. D 3767 Practice for Rubber - Measurements of Dimensions I 6. E 96 Tests for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials in Sheet Form 7. E 154 Testing Materials for Use as Vapor Barriers Under Concrete Slabs and as Ground Cover in Crawl t Spaces C. Grace Test Methods 1. B 134 Resistance to Hydrostatic Head 2. B 135 Joint Cycling of Membranes ' 3. B 136 Crack Cycling of Membranes ' 4. B 138 90° Peel Adhesion for Bituthene Waterproofing Membrane to Concrete Substrate D. General Services Administration, Public Building Service GSA-PBS-07115: Guide Specification for Elastomeric Waterproofing. I 07110-1 No. 98037 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations. Include certification of data indicating Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content of all components of waterproofing system. B. Samples: Submit representative samples of the following for approval: 1. Sheet membrane 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Sheet membrane waterproofing system shall be manufactured and marketed by a firm with a minimum of 10 years experience in the production and sales of self-adhesive sheet membrane waterproofing. Manufacturers proposed for use but not named in these specifications shall submit evidence of ability to meet all requirements specified, and include a list of projects of similar design and complexity completed within the past five years. B. Installer: A firm which has at least three years experience in work of the type required by this section. C. Materials: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary material which are the products of one manufacturer. D. Pre-Installation Conference: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to commencement of field operations to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Agenda for meeting shall include review of special details and flashing. E. Manufacturer's Representative: Make arrangements necessary to have a trained employee of the manufacturer on- site periodically during membrane waterproofing work to review installation procedures. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in labeled packages. Store and handle in strict-compliance with manufacturer's instructions, recommendations, and material safety data sheets. Protect from damage from sunlight, weather, excessive temperature and construction operations. Remove damaged material from the site and dispose of in accordance with applicable regulations. 1. Do not double stack pallets of membrane on the job site. Provide cover on top and all sides, allowing for adequate ventilation. 2. Protect mastic and adhesive from moisture and potential sources of ignition. 3. Store drainage mat or protection board flat and off the ground. Provide cover on top and all sides. 4. Protect surface condition from freezing. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials and products used. B. Proceed with installation only when substrate construction and preparation work is complete and in condition to receive sheet membrane waterproofing. 07110-2 No. 98037 1 I I I I I I I 1.08 WARRANTY A. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Provide within five year material warranty issued by the membrane manufacturer upon completion of the work. Submit in accordance with Section 01730. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Waterproofing Systems by W.R Grace Company are specified to establish the minimum level of quality. Equivalent systems by the following are acceptable subject to approval of submittals: 1. Karnak Corporation. 2. Quaker Sealants and Coatings Company/Carlisle. 3. Bartech International. 4. Mirafi, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing System: Bituthene System 4000 by W.R Grace & Co.; a self-adhesive, cold- applied composite sheet consisting of a thickness of 56 mils of rubberized asphalt and 4 mils of cross-laminated, high density polyethylene film specially formulated for use with water-based surface conditioner. Provide rubberized asphalt membrane covered with release paper which is removed during installation. No special adhesive or heat shall be required to form laps. B. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing Physical Characteristics: ' Pronertv ])!pical Value Test Method Color Dark gray-black ' Thickness 60 mils ASTM D 3767 Method A L Pliability, 180° bend over 1" mandrel at 45°F Unaffected ASTM D 146 Tensile Strength, membrane 250 psi (minimum) ASTM D 412 Tensile Strength, film 5000 psi (minimum) ASTM D 412 Elongation, ultimate failure of 300% (minimum) ASTM D 412 rubberized asphalt Cycling Over'/," Crack at -250F, 100 cycles No effect Grace Method B 136 Cycling Over 1" Joint at -150F, 1000 cycles No effect Grace Method B 135 Peel Adhesion 5.0 lb./in. width Grace Method B 138 (7 days dry (700F) + 7 days dry (1200F) + 7 days dry (700F)) Puncture Resistance, membrane 40 lb. (minimum) ASTM E 154 Resistance to Hydrostatic Head 150 ft. of water Grace Method B 134 07110-3 No. 98037 Exposure to Fungi in Soil, 16 weeks Unaffected GSA-PBS-07115 Permeance 0.05 grains/sq. ft./hr./in. Hg ASTM E 96 Method B Water Absorption 0.1% maximum ASTM D 570 C. Miscellaneous Materials: Surface conditioner, mastic, liquid membrane, tape, and accessories specified or acceptable to manufacturer of sheet membrane waterproofing. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Architect in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATES A. Refer to manufacturer's literature for requirements for preparation of substrates. Surfaces shall be structurally sound and free of voids, spalled areas, loose aggregate and sharp protrusions. Remove contaminants such as grease, oil, and wax from exposed surfaces. Remove dust, dirt, loose stone, existing waterproofing and debris. Use repair materials and methods which are acceptable to manufacturer of sheet membrane waterproofing. B. Cast-in-Place Concrete Substrates: 1. Do not proceed with installation until concrete has properly cured and dried, minimum seven days for normal structural concrete and minimum 14 days lightweight structural concrete. 2. Fill form tie rod holes with concrete and finish flush with surrounding surface. 3. Repair bugholes over 1/2" in length and''/," deep and finish flush with surrounding surface. 4. Remove scaling to sound, unaffected concrete and repair exposed area. 5. Grind irregular construction joints to suitable flush surface. C. Masonry Substrates: Apply waterproofing over concrete block and brick with smooth trowel-cut mortar joints or parge coat. D. Related Materials: Treat joints and install flashings as recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Refer to manufacturer's literature for recommendations on installation, including but not limited to, the following: 1. Apply primer/surface conditioner at dilution and rate recommended by manufacturer. Recoat areas not waterproofed if contaminated by dust. Mask and protect adjoining exposed finish surfaces to protect those surfaces form excessive application of surface conditioner. 2. Delay application of membrane until primer/surface conditioner is completely dry. Dry time will vary with weather conditions. r 071104 No. 98037 1 3. Seal daily terminations with troweled bead of mastic. 4. Apply membrane only in fair weather, when air and surface temperature are within limits established by manufacturer. ' 5. Lap all seam 2%s" minimum. Roll out all bubbles. 6. Seal all terminations, penetrations with liquid membrane so as to make watertight. 7. Install doubler layer of membrane over joints in precast concrete plank. r 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove any masking materials after installation. Clean any stains on materials which would be exposed in the completed work. B. Protect completed membrane waterproofing from subsequent construction activities as recommended by ' manufacturer. I I S i r I END OF SECTION 07110 07110-5 No. 98037 I I I I I I 1 I A I i I I I SECTION 07900 SEALANTS AND CAULKING PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: All caulking, sealants, and related accessories for: 1. Exterior joints in masonry. 2. Joints in slabs and at edges where painted, exposed or sealed concrete is shown on Drawings. 3. Miscellaneous joints where "sealant" or "caulk" is indicated on Drawings. B. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Sealant for precast wall panels - Section 03412. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Color Samples: Submit actual samples of color range of material for Architect's selection, or samples of custom color matches for Architect's acceptance. B. Manufacturer's Recommendation: Submit technical data including performance requirements, recommendations and application instructions to the Architect for approval of materials used. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANT, ACCESSORIES A. Sealant: Two-part polyurethane, Tremco Dymeric, Pecora Dynatrol II. (Pecora GC-5 Synthacalk) or Sonneborn "Sonolastic NP2" and SHCA SHCAFLEX 2-C are acceptable. B. Horizontal Joint Sealant: Two-part self-levelling polyurethane, similar to Tremco THC/900, Pecora NR-200 Urethane or Sonnebora "Sonolastic SL2" and SIKA SIKAFLEX 2-CSL. C. Expansion Joint Gasket, for joints larger than 314": Evazote 50 E.S.P. by E-Poxy Industries, Inc. with manufacturer's recommended primer and adhesive. D. Primer: When required, as recommended by the Sealant Manufacturer. E. Caulking Back-up: Round bars of Ethafoam, Polycel, compatible with sealant. PART 3: EXECUTION 07900-1 No. 98037 I 3.01 PREPARATION A. Inspect joints for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerance, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. B. Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants, in accordance with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations and the following requirements: 1. Remove from joint substrates foreign material which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including paints other than permanent protective coating tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellants, water dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrates using approved methods such as brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, and acid washing as appropriate, or a combination of these methods, to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. 3. Remove taitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean metal and other nonporous substrates by using chemical cleaners or other means that neither are harmful to substrates nor leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. C. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to area of joint sealer bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. D. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces; remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing seal. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions. B. Installation of Sealant Backings: 1. Install joint filler to provide support of sealant during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shape and depth of installed sealant relative to joint width that allows optimum sealant movement capability. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers, b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. C, Remove fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry materials. C. Installation of Sealant: 1. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in direct contact with and full wetting of joint substrates by joint sealant, completely filling recesses provided and providing uniform cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths. 07900-2 No. 98037 1 I ' 2. Immediately after sealant application and prior to the skinning or wring begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or which are not approved by sealant ' manufacturer. 3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING L A. Protect joint sealers, during and after curing, from contamination or damage. Cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated sealers and replace with new materials. B. Clean excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses. 1 END OF SECTION 07900 I I 1 I 11 i 1 I I I 07900-3 No. 98037 II J 11 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 7 u 1 1 1 ? SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications, apply to the Work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Field finish all materials scheduled and/or specified for paint, trim, stain or seal, including guardrails and handrails. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Provide three (3) copies of a schedule detailing each substrate in the same order as the schedules used in Part 3 of this section. Include the following: 1. The specific products to be used for each coat. 2. Documentation that the manufacturer has reviewed and approved each painting system. 3. Data pages for all products listed. 4. On one set of data pages, highlight the following: a. Type of resin. b. Dry Film Thickness. C. Volume Solids. d. Units of Sheen. e. Other performance or descriptive data required by Part 2 of this section. f If this information is not on the data page provide the information in a letter of certification from the manufacturer. Attach the letter to the appropriate data page. B. Submit three (3) dmwdowns of each product and color combination. Drawdowns shall be applied using a 4 mil WFT drawdown bar on Leneta form WD plain white coated cards size 3-7/8" x 6". 1. Label each card with the following: a. Job name. b. Date. C. Product name. d. Product number. e. Color number as stated in the material finish/color schedule. f Name, address, and phone number of the supplying facility. C. Do not deliver material to site until having received written approval of submitted information and samples. 09900-1 No. 98037 D. Complete sample area on project as selected by Architect on each type surface and with each type of paint specified. Do not proceed further with application until receiving acceptance of each sample area by Architect. Accepted areas will serve as standard of quality for entire project. 1.04 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS A. Examine the specifications for the work of other trade contractors and to become familiar with their work. All surfaces that are left unfinished by the requirements of other specifications to be finished by this section. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINTING SYSTEMS A. Painting systems for normal applications are specified using the products of Sherwin-Williams Co. (S-W) and ICI Paints (ICI) to establish standards of quality, except as noted. Comparable systems which are compliant with stated descriptive and performance requirements of ICI/Fuller O'Brien, Benjamin Moore & Co., Pratt and Lambert Co., PPG Industries, and ICI/Devoe Coatings are acceptable. B. Painting systems for specialty applications are specified using the products of Sonneborn, Aquarius Coatings, Genesis Coatings, Carboline, Seal-Krete. C. Use the materials of the same manufacturer for each system. 2.02 PRIMERS (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR) A. 100% Acrylic Exterior Masonry Primer: 1. Minimum Volume Solids: 37%. 2. Maximum VOC's: 115 gm/L (as packaged). 3. Alkali Resistance: Passes TT-P-1511B4.4.11 a. S-W Loxon Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer A24W300, b. ICI 2000 Decra-Shield Exterior Acrylic Latex Primer. B. 100% Acrylic Exterior Wood Primer: 1. Minimum Volume Solids: 34%. a. S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Wood Primer B42W41. b. ICI 2010 Durus Acrylic Primecoat. C. Alkyd Exterior Wood Primer: 1. Minimum Volume Solids: 56%. a. S-W A-100 Exterior Alkyd Exterior Wood Primer Y24W20. b. ICI 2110 Dums Alkyd Primecoat. D. Heavy Metal Free, Rust Inhibitive, Universal, Alkyd Metal Primer: 1. Minimum Volume Solids: 51%. a. S-W Kent Bond HS B50NZ3 or B50WZ4. b. ICI 4160 Devguard Multi-purpose Primer. 09900-2 No.98037 i ?J ' E. 100% Acrylic, Interior Alkali Resistant Primer: 1. Minimum Volume Solids: 37%. 2. Alkali Resistance: Tolerance of PH levels up to 13. a. S-W Loxon Interior Masonry Primer B28W300. b. ICI 3210 Aquacrylic Gripper Primer Sealer. ' F. 100% Acrylic Interior Pigmented Primer: 1. Shall be certifiable for use on gypsum drywall or wood, and to receive wallcovering or paint. 2. Minimum Volume Solids: 39"/0, a. S-W PrepRite Latex Wall and Wood Primer B28W 101. b. ICI 3210 Aquacrylic Gripper Primer Sealer. ' G. Rust-inhibitive Waterborne Acrylic Primer: 1. Minimum Volume Solids: 44%. a. S-W DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish B66W1. b. ICI 4020 Devflex DTM Waterbome Primer Finish. 2.03 EXTERIOR FINISH PAINTS ' A. 100% Acrylic Exterior Satin Coating: 1. Minimum Volume Solids: 32%. 2. Sheen: 10-20 units at 60 degrees. a. S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin House & Trim A82 series, b. ICI 2412 Doris Exterior Acrylic Satin. B. Non-blocking, 100% Acrylic Exterior Gloss Coating: 1. Minimum Volume Solids: 31%. 2. Sheen: 70-90 units at 60 degrees. a. S-W Super Paint Exterior High Gloss Door & Trim Enamel A85 Series. b. ICI 3028 Decra-Shield Interior Exterior Acrylic Gloss Enamel. ' C. Two-component Aliphatic Acrylic Modified Polyurethane: 1. Minimum Volume Solids: 58%. 2. Sheen: 20-30 units at 60 degrees. a. S-W Corothane II Low VOC, Satin Finish Polyurethane B65W200 Series/1360V2. b. ICI 378 Devthane Aliphatic Urethane (Semigloss). ' 2.03 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide 1 gallon of each product used at each site to Owner in unopened containers. PART 3: EXECUTION ' 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES ' A. General 1. Do not start work until preparation specified in surface Section is completed. LJ 09900-3 No. 98037 I Ensure surfaces are dry and adequately protected from dampness. 3. Thoroughly clean surfaces free of loose, rough and foreign substances which will affect adhesion or appearance of applied coats. 4. Remove mildew and neutralize surface. r 5. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device plates, lighting fixtures, factory finished items, etc. or provide ample in-place protection. Upon completion of each space, carefully replace all removed items and protection. 6. Complete repainting or refinishing will be required if coats are applied over improperly prepared surfaces. B. Ferrous or Galvanized Metal 1. Remove dirt and grease with mineral spirits or solvent recommended by paint manufacturer and clean cloths. 2. If prime coat is not smooth, sand to bare metal, reprime. Touch up scratched or abraided primer. 3. Previously painted metal must be dry, clean and free of contaminants. Hard and glossy surfaces are to be sanded lightly or dulled with deglosser/cleaner. Remove peeling, loose, chipped, and blistered paint and rust by scraping and sanding. Prime all sanded areas and areas devoid of paint with an all-purpose metal primer. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Conditions 1. Do no exterior work when surface, coating product, or air temperature is below 50° F., while surfaces are damp or during cold, rainy or frosty weather. Temperature must be at least 50 F above the dewpoint. Avoid application to surfaces which are exposed to hot sun. 2. Do work under adequate illumination and dust-free conditions. B. Methods: Paint may be applied by brush, roller or spray methods except where particular method will produce unsatisfactory results. Where spray method is used on concrete block, follow with roller to work paint into voids. C. Materials: Do not open containers until required for use. Stir materials thoroughly and keep at uniform consistency during application. D. Coats 1. Number specified is minimum. Provide sufficient number of coats to provide even, consistent, opaque coverage of substrate. 2. Touch up suction spots between coats. 3. Refinish surfaces affected by refitting work. 4. Tint prime and under coats of paint approximately 1/2 to 3/4 depth of final color. 5. Touch up suction and "hot" spots in plaster and concrete after application or first coat and before second coat. 6. Do not apply next coat until previous is thoroughly dry. 099004 No. 98037 I I I 11 I 7. Provide final coat which is solid and even in color;; free from runs, laps, sags, brush marks, air bubbles and excessive roller stipple and worked into crevices, joint and similar areas. 3.03 SCHEDULE OF EXTERIOR WORK A. General: Do not paint brick, stucco, precast concrete, prefinished aluminum (unless scheduled to receive paint). 1. New Work: Paint or finish all other new, unfinished and primed surfaces, including all handrails, guardrails, and miscellaneous metal associated with dock bumpers and fence base plates. 2. Existing Work: Prepare and paint all surfaces as noted on the drawings. B. Ferrous Metal (except surfaces scheduled to receive polyurethane): 1. Touch-up: Rust-inhibitive Waterborne Acrylic Primer. a. DFT: 2.5-5.0 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: Non-blocking, 100% Acrylic Exterior Gloss Coating. 3. 3rd Coat: Non-blocking, 100% Acrylic Exterior Gloss Coating. a. Minimum DFT: 1.3 mils per coat. C. Ferrous Metal - All exposed structural, surfaces subject to light foot traffic (i.e. dock ladders, and grated walkways or balconies), plus columns and handrails: 1. 1st Coat: Heavy Metal Free, Rust Inhibitive, Universal, Alkyd Metal Primer. a. DFT: 2.0-5.0 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: Two-component Aliphatic Acrylic Modified Polyurethane. 3. 3rd Coat: Two-component Aliphatic Acrylic Modified Polyurethane. a. DFT: 2.5-5.0 mils. D. Zinc-coated Metal - Flashing, Decking, and Exposed Mechanical Including Rooftop Mechanical: 1. Touch-up: Rust-inhibitive Waterbome Acrylic Primer. a. DFT: 2.5-5.0 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: 100% Acrylic Satin Coating. 3. 3rd Coat: 100% Acrylic Satin Coating. a. Minimum DFT: 1.3 mils per coat. E. Zinc-coated Metal - Doors, Frames and Handrails: 1. Touch-up: Rust-inhibitive Waterborne Acrylic Primer. a. DFT: 2.5-5.0 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: Non-blocking, 100% Acrylic Exterior Gloss Coating. 3. 3rd Coat: Non-blocking, 100% Acrylic Exterior Gloss Coating. a. Minimum DFT: 1.3 mils per coat. END OF SECTION 09900 09900-5 No. 98037 I SECTION 11160 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT ' PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ' A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division One of these Specifications, apply to the Work of this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Provide dock bumpers at loading dock. B. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Installation of anchor bolts in concrete - Section 03100. ' 2. Curb angle - Section 05500. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings for Architect's approval prior to installation. Refer to Submittals Section 01300 for submittal requirements. B. Submit mounting templates and anchor bolts for installation in concrete formwork. I PART 2: PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION ' 2.01 MANUFACTURER KELLEY DOCK SYSTEMS A. Dock Bumpers: Model 410-14 (14"L x 10"W x 4") laminated double angle. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Dock Bumpers: ' 1. Weld to steel curb angles and expansion anchors into concrete. 2. Install in locations indicated, in strict accordance with Manufacturer's printed instructions and approved ' shop drawings. I END OF SECTION 11160 I I 11160-1 No. 95037 I 1 11 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS For: ISD 4191 LOADING DOCK UPGRADES Commission No: 98037 Date: May 18, 1998 The Contract Documents for this project include details and schedules printed on 8 1/2" x 1 P' sheets and bound in this manual. The details and schedules are organized into broad categories of elements or systems of the Project. The details and schedules are located in the category that best fits the intent of the detail. This system in no way tries to or implies to divide up details or schedules by construction trades or suppliers. Contractors and bidders bear the responsibility to review all details and schedules to determine their scope of work, ' Category 1 - GENERAL 1-1 ABBREVIATIONS, MATERIAL SYMBOLS Sheets 1 through 4 ' 1-5 DEMOLITION Sheets 1 through 10 ' Category 2 - SITE WORK 2-1 SITE Sheets 1 through 6 Category 3 - EXTERIOR ' 3-1 WALL Sheets 1 through 6 C 4 ategory - INTERIOR 4-3 FLOORS, WALLS Sheets 1 and 2 ' Category 6 - VERTICAL CIRCULATION 6-1 STAIR, RAILING Sheets 1 through 10 ' Category 7 - SPECIALTIES 7-1 SPECIALTIES ' Sheet 1 i Sheet 1 1 t>! lA1 L1117t is7jj ` ' ' R U C T r I*1 WOLD ARCRITEM AND ENGINEERS 6 WEST 1UTR STREET ST. PAUL, NIN 55102 0 FAX: 6122n.5666 TEL: 612.227.9712 - D 115 TOLLGATE ROAD, SUITE R ' ELGIN,IL Win FAX: 841.208.2656 TEL: 07.608.2600 ' ABBREVIATIONS ' CIRC Circuit or Circumference A CO Cleanout AFF Above Fin. Floor CLOS Closet ' AP Access Panel CR Cold Rolled ACT Acoustic Ceiling Tile CONC Concrete ACOUST Acoustical C BLK Concrete Block ADJ Adjustable CONTT Construction ' AGG Aggregate CONT Continuous ALT Alternate CONTR Contractor ALUM Aluminum CJ Control Joint ' ANCH Anchor CONV Convector AB Anchor Bolt CG Comer Guard APPROX Approximate CMP Corrugated Metal Pipe ARCH Architect(ural) C Corrugated Corridor ' AV Audio Visual CSK Countersunk CS Course B CU Cubic BSMT Basement CFM Cubic Foot Per Minute BM Beam or Bench Mark D BRG Bearing BTWN Between DPG Dampproofing ' BLK Block DKG Decking BLK C Block Course DEPT Department BLKG Blocking DET Detail BD Board DIA Diameter BOT Bottom DIM Dimension BFE Bottom Footing Elevation DISP Dispenser BRKT Bracket DIST Distribution BR Brick DO Ditto BRC Brick Course DR Door BR L Brick Ledge DWLS Dowels BLDG Building DN Down ' B BD Bulletin Board DS DWG Downspout Drawing C DF Drinking Fountain DIP Ductile Iron Pipe ' CAB Cabinet C02 Carbon Dioxide E CPT Carpet CSWK Casework EA Each ' Cl Cast Iron EF Each Face/Exhaust Fan CIP Cast Iron Pipe EW Each Way CB Catch Basin E East CLG Ceiling EWC Electric Water Cooler ' CEM Cement ELEC Electric(al) CL Center Line ELEV Elevation (Bldg.) Elevator C to C Center to Center EL Elevation (Vert. Dimension) CT Ceramic Tile ENAM Enamel ' C BD Chalk Board ENT Entrance ' SUBJECT: GENERAL - ABBREVIATIONS DATE: 5/18/98 COMMISSION NO: 98037 I ' REVISION S: REV DATE: I-I m??o ABBREVIATIONS ' EQ Equal HCAP Handicapped EQUIP Equipment HR Handrail or Hour ETC Et Cetera HS Handset ' EXH Exhaust HDBD Hardboard EXIST Existing H Hardener EX Existing HDW Hardware ' EJ EXP Expansion Joint Exposed HDWD HT Hardwood Height EXT Exterior HP High Point HM Hollow Metal F HORIZ Horizontal ' HC Hose Cabinet FB Face Brick HYD Hydrant FIN Finish FE Fire Extinguisher I FIXT Fixture FHS Flat Head Screw IN Inch FD Floor Drain 1 Inside Diameter FFAS Floor Finish As Scheduled IF Inside Face FL Floor Or Float INSUL Insulation FLRG Flooring INT Interior FT Foot or Feet INV Invert ' FTG Footing FDN Foundation J FR Frame or Fire Rated FRMG Framing JAN Janitor ' FA Fresh Air IT Joint FS Full Size JST Joist FURR Furring ' G K P L Kick Plate GPM Gallons Per Minute KD Knock Down GALV GI Galvanized Galvanized Iron KO Knock Out ... G Gas L GA Gauge LAB Laboratory GEN General ' LAM Laminated GC General Contractor LAV Lavatory GL BLK Glass Block LH Left Hand GL Glass or Glazing LWCB Lightweight Concrete Block G ELK Glazed Concrete Block LOC Locate GST Glazed Structural Tile LLH Long Leg Horizontal GLU-LAM Glue Laminated LLV Long Leg Vertical GB Grab Bar LP Low Point GR Grade ' LB Pound GRV Gravity Roof Ventilator GYP BD Gypsum Board M ' II MACH Machine SUBJECT: GENERAL - ABBREVIATIONS DATE: 5/18/98 COMMISSION NO: 98037 ' REVISIONS: REV DATE: WOLD 6 WEST FIFTR STREET ST. PAUL. MN 55103 FAX: 612123.5616 TEL: 611.117.M3 715 TOLLGATE ROAD. SUITE R EIZIN. LL 60111 FAX: N7.20E.2631 TEL: N7.60L2600 n t WOLD ARCHrFELTS AND ENGINEERS m??o ABBREVIATIONS MH MFR M BD MAS MO MATL MECH MED CAB MEMB MET MEZZ MIN MIR M/S MISC MM MLDG MTG MUL N NOM N NIC NTS NO O OBS OC OPG OPP OZ OD OF OA OH OHM P PT(D) PNL PTD PTD/R PART PVMT PBD Manhole Manufacturer Markerboard Masonry Masonry Opening Material Maximum Mechanical Medicine Cabinet Membrane Metal Mezzanine Minimum Mirror Mirror with Shelf Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Metal Moulding Mounting Mullion Nominal North Not in Contract Not to Scale Number Obscure On Center Opening Opposite Ounce Outside Diameter Outside Face Overall Overhead Overhead Motorized Paint(ed) Panel or Panelling Paper Towel Dispenser Paper Towel Dispensor & Receptor Partition Pavement Peg Board PERF Perforated PLAS Plaster P LAM Plastic Laminate PL Plate PL GL Plate Glass PLBG Plumbing PLYWD Plywood POL Polished P. TILE Porcelain Tile PORTC Portland Cement PRV Power Roof Ventilator PROJ Projection PROP Property PROT Protective PC Putty Coat Q QT Quarry Tile R BAD Radiation, Radiator RWL Rain Water Leader REC Recessed RDWD Redwood REF Refrigerator REIN CONIC Reinf. Concrete RCP Reinforced Concrete Pipe or Reflected Ceiling Plan REINF Reinforced(ing) REQD Required RES Resilient RA Return Air REV Reverse(d) RH Right Hand R Riser or Radius RD Roof drain RV Roof Vent RM Room RO Rough Opening RS Rough Slab RUB Rubber RT Rubber Tile or Tread S SF Sand Float SNR Sanitary Napkin Receptor SND Samiary Napkin Dispenser SCHED Schedule SLNT Sealant SUBJECT: GENERAL - ABBREVIATIONS DATE: 5/18/98 COMMISSION NO: 98037 REVISIONS: REV DATE: 6 WEST FIFTH STREET ST. PAUL, MN 55102 FAX: 622323.5616 TEL: 612.229.7773 715 TOLLGATE ROAD, SUM R ELGFN,IL 60@3 FAX: 567.205.2654 TEL: N7.WS.2W 6 11 0 1 1 I ABBREVIATIONS WOLD ARCHTrECrS AND ENGINEERS 6 WEST F1FrH STREET Sr.FAU1., N $5102 FAX: 612,223.5616 TEL: 612.227.7773 715 TOLLGATE ROAD, SUITE H ELGW,IL 60123 FAX: H7.20S26$1 TEL: a17.6 2600 SLR Sealer SRF Seamless Resilient Floor V SECT Section SS Service Sink VAC Vacuum SH Sheet or Sprinkler Head VTR Vent Through Roof SIM Similar VENT Ventilator SOG Slab on Grade VERM Vermiculite SD Soap Dispenser V PLAS Vermiculite Plaster or Veneer Plaster S South or Sink VERT Vertical SQ Square VEST Vestibule S ST Stainless Steel VCT Vinyl Composition Tile STD Standard VT Vinyl Tile ST Steel VWC Vinyl Wall Covering STOR Storage VWF Vinyl Wall Fabric STRUCT Structural SA Supply air W SUSP Suspended SW Switch WSCT Wainscot SYM Symmetry or Symmetrical WF Wall Fabric, Wide Flange (Steel) or Wash Fountain WC Water Closet .I. WH Water Heater or Weep Hole WR Water Resistant T BD Tack Board WP Waterproofing TEL Telephone WSP Weatherstrip TV Television - WT Weight or Wall Tile TEMP Tempered, Temporary WWF Welded Wire Fabric TERR Terrazzo W West or Wire TH Test Hole WDW Window THRES Threshold WG Wire Glass TPH Toilet Paper Holder W/ With TLT PTN Toilet Partition W/O Without T AND G Tongue and Groove WD Wood T AND B Top and Bottom WI Wrought Iron TFE Top of Footing Elevation TO MAS Top of Masonry Y TOS Top of Steel YD Yard TB Towel Bar T Tread TF Troweled Finish TYP Typical UNFIN Unfinished UR SCR Uninal Screen UH Unit Heater UV Unit Ventilator UNO Unless Noted Otherwise UR Urinal ' SUBJECT: GENERAL - ABBREVIATIONS 4 DATE: 5/18/98 COMMISSION NO: 98037 ' REVISIONS: REV DATE: I-I ' LECTURE DEMOLITION PLAN ?`+ L 3 @ METCALF JUNIOR HIGH SUBJECT: DEMOLITION DETAIL5 DATE: 5/18/98 COMMISSION NO: 98037 REVISIONS A REV. DATE -?j LVSOIVA9B03TtOlODYYv IMOI O5/30/WAB O M.30iY1 O N9 1 1. m m 6 VEST I= nvm 6T. PAUL, MN 55102 PAX 612.223.5646 TEL: 611227.7773 715 TCUGAlE ROAD, SUITE H ELGIN, a 60M PAX 847.600.2654 M 947.6082600 1 i 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 I L115DIOA9B03]N3001fHG r O 5/SO/ O W.aa o o A :HED AREA5 WITH EIGHT CONGRETE FING RI5ER5 LEGTURE FLOOR PLAN METGALF JUNIOR HIGH SUBJECT: FLOORS/WALLS DATE: 5/18/98 COMMISSION NO: 98037 REVISIONS REV. DATE 4-3 1 1. 1 1 I 1 1 !J I DETAIL OF CONSTRUCTION WOW ARpQ1ECIS MW RBGQ71 W 3" 6 W= PR7H SIAIWI' ST. PAU[, MN 55102 PAX 612,22;.5646 M 612327.7/73 715117IIGAU ROAD, SUM H P2.GIN, m 60123 PAX 847.6083654 M 847.608.2600 ""„ ' A OF ROOM PETE FLOOR RI5ER INFILL DETAIL @ A METCALF JUNIOR HIGH #3 x 1'-6" ® 48" O.G. DRILL AND GROUT 6" INTO EXI5TING STAIR LIGHTWEIGHT GONG. F'c=3,500 PSI W/ 6x6 - NiAxAiA WWF #3 CONT. -RIGID INSULATION #5 - EXI5TING RISER RISER INFILL DETAIL @ B METCALF JUNIOR HIGH 3/4" = 1'-O" SUBJECT: FLOOFWAALL5 2 DATE: 5/18/98 COMMISSION NO: 98037 REVISIONS A REV. DATE 4-?J IV'AIOAVao3T13oa2UYi HhV] 0 5ROA99B o Nd9,b O NID I 1 1 1 lJ 1 1 1 1 r. DETAIL OF CONSTRUCTION WOLD ARLFR7= AM EXGMM 6 imT Frm srmr $P. PALE, MN 55102 PAX 612223.5646 TEL 612.227.777] 715 TOLLGATE ROAD, SUM H ELGIN, ]L 60123 PAX 847.608.1654 TEL: 847.60E.2600 CHED AREAS WITH tlEIGHT GONGRETE fING RISER5 PLAN COR HIGH 1 4-3 • LU°-LU r. 6 WM FWM SIREEE TT. PAUL, Aw 55102 PAX: 612.223.5646 M 612277.7773 715 TOLLGATE ROAD, SUC1E H ELGIN. IL 60173 PAX 847.600.7654 TEL: 847.608.2600 ""„ NALL OF ROOM RETE FLOOR RISER INFILL DETAIL A METCALF JUNIOR HIGH #3 x 1'-6" ® 48" O.G. DRILL AND GROUT b" INTO EXISTING STAIR LIGHTWEIGHT GONG. F6=3,500 P5I W/ bxb - W1.4xW1.4 WWF #3 CONT. m 3" RIGID INSULATION #5 EXI5TING RI5ER RISER INFILL DETAIL METGALF JUNIOR HIGH SUBJECT: FL00R5/AALL5 DATE: 5/18/98 COMMISSION NO: 98037 2 REVISIONS 0 REV. DATE 4-?? LVSDIVP9B031M300]flv' W i o 5no o ".N.o o /.W